Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===- ValueTracking.cpp - Walk computations to compute properties --------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
| 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
| 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This file contains routines that help analyze properties that chains of |
| 11 | // computations have. |
| 12 | // |
| 13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 14 | |
| 15 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
Chandler Carruth | ed0881b | 2012-12-03 16:50:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" |
Dan Gohman | 949ab78 | 2010-12-15 20:10:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" |
Artur Pilipenko | 31bcca4 | 2016-02-24 12:49:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h" |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 6bda14b | 2017-06-06 11:49:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h" |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "llvm/Analysis/OptimizationDiagnosticInfo.h" |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include "llvm/Analysis/VectorUtils.h" |
Nick Lewycky | ec37354 | 2014-05-20 05:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 8cd041e | 2014-03-04 12:24:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" |
| 28 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 03eb0de | 2014-03-04 10:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | #include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h" |
| 33 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h" |
| 34 | #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" |
| 35 | #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" |
| 36 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" |
| 37 | #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h" |
| 38 | #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 820a908 | 2014-03-04 11:08:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h" |
Philip Reames | 5461d45 | 2015-04-23 17:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | #include "llvm/IR/Statepoint.h" |
Matt Arsenault | f1a7e62 | 2014-07-15 01:55:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | #include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h" |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 43 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | #include <algorithm> |
| 45 | #include <array> |
Chris Lattner | 6449690 | 2008-06-04 04:46:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 46 | #include <cstring> |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | using namespace llvm; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 48 | using namespace llvm::PatternMatch; |
| 49 | |
| 50 | const unsigned MaxDepth = 6; |
| 51 | |
Philip Reames | 1c29227 | 2015-03-10 22:43:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | // Controls the number of uses of the value searched for possible |
| 53 | // dominating comparisons. |
| 54 | static cl::opt<unsigned> DomConditionsMaxUses("dom-conditions-max-uses", |
Igor Laevsky | cea9ede | 2015-09-29 14:57:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | cl::Hidden, cl::init(20)); |
Philip Reames | 1c29227 | 2015-03-10 22:43:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | |
Artur Pilipenko | c6eb6bd | 2016-10-12 16:18:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | // This optimization is known to cause performance regressions is some cases, |
| 58 | // keep it under a temporary flag for now. |
| 59 | static cl::opt<bool> |
| 60 | DontImproveNonNegativePhiBits("dont-improve-non-negative-phi-bits", |
| 61 | cl::Hidden, cl::init(true)); |
| 62 | |
Craig Topper | 6b3940a | 2017-05-03 22:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 63 | /// Returns the bitwidth of the given scalar or pointer type. For vector types, |
| 64 | /// returns the element type's bitwidth. |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 65 | static unsigned getBitWidth(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) { |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | if (unsigned BitWidth = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits()) |
| 67 | return BitWidth; |
Matt Arsenault | f55e5e7 | 2013-08-10 17:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | return DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(Ty); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | |
Benjamin Kramer | cfd8d90 | 2014-09-12 08:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | namespace { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 | // Simplifying using an assume can only be done in a particular control-flow |
| 74 | // context (the context instruction provides that context). If an assume and |
| 75 | // the context instruction are not in the same block then the DT helps in |
| 76 | // figuring out if we can use it. |
| 77 | struct Query { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | const DataLayout &DL; |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 79 | AssumptionCache *AC; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | const Instruction *CxtI; |
| 81 | const DominatorTree *DT; |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 82 | // Unlike the other analyses, this may be a nullptr because not all clients |
| 83 | // provide it currently. |
| 84 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | /// Set of assumptions that should be excluded from further queries. |
| 87 | /// This is because of the potential for mutual recursion to cause |
| 88 | /// computeKnownBits to repeatedly visit the same assume intrinsic. The |
| 89 | /// classic case of this is assume(x = y), which will attempt to determine |
| 90 | /// bits in x from bits in y, which will attempt to determine bits in y from |
| 91 | /// bits in x, etc. Regarding the mutual recursion, computeKnownBits can call |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 | /// isKnownNonZero, which calls computeKnownBits and isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo |
| 93 | /// (all of which can call computeKnownBits), and so on. |
Li Huang | 755f75f | 2016-10-15 19:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 94 | std::array<const Value *, MaxDepth> Excluded; |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 95 | unsigned NumExcluded; |
| 96 | |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 97 | Query(const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 98 | const DominatorTree *DT, OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE = nullptr) |
| 99 | : DL(DL), AC(AC), CxtI(CxtI), DT(DT), ORE(ORE), NumExcluded(0) {} |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 100 | |
| 101 | Query(const Query &Q, const Value *NewExcl) |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 102 | : DL(Q.DL), AC(Q.AC), CxtI(Q.CxtI), DT(Q.DT), ORE(Q.ORE), |
| 103 | NumExcluded(Q.NumExcluded) { |
Matthias Braun | 37e5d79 | 2016-01-28 06:29:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 104 | Excluded = Q.Excluded; |
| 105 | Excluded[NumExcluded++] = NewExcl; |
| 106 | assert(NumExcluded <= Excluded.size()); |
| 107 | } |
| 108 | |
| 109 | bool isExcluded(const Value *Value) const { |
| 110 | if (NumExcluded == 0) |
| 111 | return false; |
| 112 | auto End = Excluded.begin() + NumExcluded; |
| 113 | return std::find(Excluded.begin(), End, Value) != End; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | } |
| 115 | }; |
Benjamin Kramer | cfd8d90 | 2014-09-12 08:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 116 | } // end anonymous namespace |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 | |
Sanjay Patel | 547e975 | 2014-11-04 16:09:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 118 | // Given the provided Value and, potentially, a context instruction, return |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | // the preferred context instruction (if any). |
| 120 | static const Instruction *safeCxtI(const Value *V, const Instruction *CxtI) { |
| 121 | // If we've been provided with a context instruction, then use that (provided |
| 122 | // it has been inserted). |
| 123 | if (CxtI && CxtI->getParent()) |
| 124 | return CxtI; |
| 125 | |
| 126 | // If the value is really an already-inserted instruction, then use that. |
| 127 | CxtI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); |
| 128 | if (CxtI && CxtI->getParent()) |
| 129 | return CxtI; |
| 130 | |
| 131 | return nullptr; |
| 132 | } |
| 133 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 134 | static void computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 135 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 136 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 137 | void llvm::computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 138 | const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 | const DominatorTree *DT, |
| 141 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | ::computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT, ORE)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | } |
| 145 | |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | static KnownBits computeKnownBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, |
| 147 | const Query &Q); |
| 148 | |
| 149 | KnownBits llvm::computeKnownBits(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 150 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 151 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
Craig Topper | a2025ea | 2017-05-24 16:53:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | const DominatorTree *DT, |
| 153 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE) { |
| 154 | return ::computeKnownBits(V, Depth, |
| 155 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT, ORE)); |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 156 | } |
| 157 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | bool llvm::haveNoCommonBitsSet(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS, |
| 159 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Jingyue Wu | ca32190 | 2015-05-14 23:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 162 | assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && |
| 163 | "LHS and RHS should have the same type"); |
| 164 | assert(LHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && |
| 165 | "LHS and RHS should be integers"); |
| 166 | IntegerType *IT = cast<IntegerType>(LHS->getType()->getScalarType()); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 167 | KnownBits LHSKnown(IT->getBitWidth()); |
| 168 | KnownBits RHSKnown(IT->getBitWidth()); |
| 169 | computeKnownBits(LHS, LHSKnown, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 170 | computeKnownBits(RHS, RHSKnown, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 171 | return (LHSKnown.Zero | RHSKnown.Zero).isAllOnesValue(); |
Jingyue Wu | ca32190 | 2015-05-14 23:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | } |
| 173 | |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | |
Zaara Syeda | 3a7578c | 2017-05-31 17:12:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | bool llvm::isOnlyUsedInZeroEqualityComparison(const Instruction *CxtI) { |
| 176 | for (const User *U : CxtI->users()) { |
| 177 | if (const ICmpInst *IC = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U)) |
| 178 | if (IC->isEquality()) |
| 179 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))) |
| 180 | if (C->isNullValue()) |
| 181 | continue; |
| 182 | return false; |
| 183 | } |
| 184 | return true; |
| 185 | } |
| 186 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | static bool isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const Value *V, bool OrZero, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | const Query &Q); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 190 | bool llvm::isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 191 | bool OrZero, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 192 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 193 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | return ::isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(V, OrZero, Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 196 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 197 | } |
| 198 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 199 | static bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 200 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | bool llvm::isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 202 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 203 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 204 | return ::isKnownNonZero(V, Depth, Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 205 | } |
| 206 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 207 | bool llvm::isKnownNonNegative(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 208 | unsigned Depth, |
| 209 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 210 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 211 | KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 212 | return Known.isNonNegative(); |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 213 | } |
| 214 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | bool llvm::isKnownPositive(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 216 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 217 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Philip Reames | 8f12eba | 2016-03-09 21:31:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 218 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) |
| 219 | return CI->getValue().isStrictlyPositive(); |
Sanjoy Das | 6082c1a | 2016-05-07 02:08:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 220 | |
Philip Reames | 8f12eba | 2016-03-09 21:31:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 221 | // TODO: We'd doing two recursive queries here. We should factor this such |
| 222 | // that only a single query is needed. |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 223 | return isKnownNonNegative(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT) && |
| 224 | isKnownNonZero(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT); |
Philip Reames | 8f12eba | 2016-03-09 21:31:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | } |
| 226 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 227 | bool llvm::isKnownNegative(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 228 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 229 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 230 | KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(V, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 231 | return Known.isNegative(); |
Nick Lewycky | 762f8a8 | 2016-04-21 00:53:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 232 | } |
| 233 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 234 | static bool isKnownNonEqual(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, const Query &Q); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 235 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | bool llvm::isKnownNonEqual(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | const DataLayout &DL, |
| 238 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 239 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 240 | return ::isKnownNonEqual(V1, V2, Query(DL, AC, |
| 241 | safeCxtI(V1, safeCxtI(V2, CxtI)), |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 242 | DT)); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 243 | } |
| 244 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 245 | static bool MaskedValueIsZero(const Value *V, const APInt &Mask, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 246 | const Query &Q); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 248 | bool llvm::MaskedValueIsZero(const Value *V, const APInt &Mask, |
| 249 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 250 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 251 | const Instruction *CxtI, const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 | return ::MaskedValueIsZero(V, Mask, Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 253 | Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | } |
| 255 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 256 | static unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, |
| 257 | const Query &Q); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 258 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 259 | unsigned llvm::ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 261 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 262 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 263 | return ::ComputeNumSignBits(V, Depth, Query(DL, AC, safeCxtI(V, CxtI), DT)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | } |
| 265 | |
Craig Topper | 8fbb74b | 2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | static void computeKnownBitsAddSub(bool Add, const Value *Op0, const Value *Op1, |
| 267 | bool NSW, |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 268 | KnownBits &KnownOut, KnownBits &Known2, |
Craig Topper | 8fbb74b | 2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 269 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 270 | unsigned BitWidth = KnownOut.getBitWidth(); |
Craig Topper | 8fbb74b | 2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 271 | |
| 272 | // If an initial sequence of bits in the result is not needed, the |
| 273 | // corresponding bits in the operands are not needed. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 274 | KnownBits LHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 275 | computeKnownBits(Op0, LHSKnown, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 276 | computeKnownBits(Op1, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 8fbb74b | 2017-03-24 22:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 277 | |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 278 | // Carry in a 1 for a subtract, rather than a 0. |
Craig Topper | 059b98e | 2017-03-24 05:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 279 | uint64_t CarryIn = 0; |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 280 | if (!Add) { |
| 281 | // Sum = LHS + ~RHS + 1 |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 282 | std::swap(Known2.Zero, Known2.One); |
Craig Topper | 059b98e | 2017-03-24 05:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 283 | CarryIn = 1; |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | } |
| 285 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 286 | APInt PossibleSumZero = ~LHSKnown.Zero + ~Known2.Zero + CarryIn; |
| 287 | APInt PossibleSumOne = LHSKnown.One + Known2.One + CarryIn; |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 288 | |
| 289 | // Compute known bits of the carry. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | APInt CarryKnownZero = ~(PossibleSumZero ^ LHSKnown.Zero ^ Known2.Zero); |
| 291 | APInt CarryKnownOne = PossibleSumOne ^ LHSKnown.One ^ Known2.One; |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | |
| 293 | // Compute set of known bits (where all three relevant bits are known). |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 294 | APInt LHSKnownUnion = LHSKnown.Zero | LHSKnown.One; |
| 295 | APInt RHSKnownUnion = Known2.Zero | Known2.One; |
| 296 | APInt CarryKnownUnion = CarryKnownZero | CarryKnownOne; |
| 297 | APInt Known = LHSKnownUnion & RHSKnownUnion & CarryKnownUnion; |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 298 | |
| 299 | assert((PossibleSumZero & Known) == (PossibleSumOne & Known) && |
| 300 | "known bits of sum differ"); |
| 301 | |
| 302 | // Compute known bits of the result. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 303 | KnownOut.Zero = ~PossibleSumOne & Known; |
| 304 | KnownOut.One = PossibleSumOne & Known; |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 | |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 306 | // Are we still trying to solve for the sign bit? |
Craig Topper | d23004c | 2017-04-17 16:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | if (!Known.isSignBitSet()) { |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 | if (NSW) { |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 | // Adding two non-negative numbers, or subtracting a negative number from |
| 310 | // a non-negative one, can't wrap into negative. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() && Known2.isNonNegative()) |
| 312 | KnownOut.makeNonNegative(); |
David Majnemer | 97ddca3 | 2014-08-22 00:40:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | // Adding two negative numbers, or subtracting a non-negative number from |
| 314 | // a negative one, can't wrap into non-negative. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 315 | else if (LHSKnown.isNegative() && Known2.isNegative()) |
| 316 | KnownOut.makeNegative(); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 317 | } |
| 318 | } |
| 319 | } |
| 320 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 321 | static void computeKnownBitsMul(const Value *Op0, const Value *Op1, bool NSW, |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 322 | KnownBits &Known, KnownBits &Known2, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 323 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
| 325 | computeKnownBits(Op1, Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 326 | computeKnownBits(Op0, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | |
| 328 | bool isKnownNegative = false; |
| 329 | bool isKnownNonNegative = false; |
| 330 | // If the multiplication is known not to overflow, compute the sign bit. |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 331 | if (NSW) { |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 332 | if (Op0 == Op1) { |
| 333 | // The product of a number with itself is non-negative. |
| 334 | isKnownNonNegative = true; |
| 335 | } else { |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | bool isKnownNonNegativeOp1 = Known.isNonNegative(); |
| 337 | bool isKnownNonNegativeOp0 = Known2.isNonNegative(); |
| 338 | bool isKnownNegativeOp1 = Known.isNegative(); |
| 339 | bool isKnownNegativeOp0 = Known2.isNegative(); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | // The product of two numbers with the same sign is non-negative. |
| 341 | isKnownNonNegative = (isKnownNegativeOp1 && isKnownNegativeOp0) || |
| 342 | (isKnownNonNegativeOp1 && isKnownNonNegativeOp0); |
| 343 | // The product of a negative number and a non-negative number is either |
| 344 | // negative or zero. |
| 345 | if (!isKnownNonNegative) |
| 346 | isKnownNegative = (isKnownNegativeOp1 && isKnownNonNegativeOp0 && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 347 | isKnownNonZero(Op0, Depth, Q)) || |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 | (isKnownNegativeOp0 && isKnownNonNegativeOp1 && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 349 | isKnownNonZero(Op1, Depth, Q)); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 350 | } |
| 351 | } |
| 352 | |
| 353 | // If low bits are zero in either operand, output low known-0 bits. |
Sanjay Patel | 5dd66c3 | 2015-09-17 20:51:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | // Also compute a conservative estimate for high known-0 bits. |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 355 | // More trickiness is possible, but this is sufficient for the |
| 356 | // interesting case of alignment computation. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 357 | unsigned TrailZ = Known.countMinTrailingZeros() + |
| 358 | Known2.countMinTrailingZeros(); |
| 359 | unsigned LeadZ = std::max(Known.countMinLeadingZeros() + |
| 360 | Known2.countMinLeadingZeros(), |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 361 | BitWidth) - BitWidth; |
| 362 | |
| 363 | TrailZ = std::min(TrailZ, BitWidth); |
| 364 | LeadZ = std::min(LeadZ, BitWidth); |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | Known.resetAll(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | Known.Zero.setLowBits(TrailZ); |
| 367 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(LeadZ); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 368 | |
| 369 | // Only make use of no-wrap flags if we failed to compute the sign bit |
| 370 | // directly. This matters if the multiplication always overflows, in |
| 371 | // which case we prefer to follow the result of the direct computation, |
| 372 | // though as the program is invoking undefined behaviour we can choose |
| 373 | // whatever we like here. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 374 | if (isKnownNonNegative && !Known.isNegative()) |
| 375 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
| 376 | else if (isKnownNegative && !Known.isNonNegative()) |
| 377 | Known.makeNegative(); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 378 | } |
| 379 | |
Jingyue Wu | 37fcb59 | 2014-06-19 16:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 380 | void llvm::computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(const MDNode &Ranges, |
Craig Topper | f42b23f | 2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | KnownBits &Known) { |
| 382 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 383 | unsigned NumRanges = Ranges.getNumOperands() / 2; |
| 384 | assert(NumRanges >= 1); |
| 385 | |
Craig Topper | f42b23f | 2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | Known.Zero.setAllBits(); |
| 387 | Known.One.setAllBits(); |
Sanjoy Das | 1d1929a | 2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 389 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 5bf8fef | 2014-12-09 18:38:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | ConstantInt *Lower = |
| 391 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(2 * i + 0)); |
| 392 | ConstantInt *Upper = |
| 393 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges.getOperand(2 * i + 1)); |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue()); |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 395 | |
Sanjoy Das | 1d1929a | 2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | // The first CommonPrefixBits of all values in Range are equal. |
| 397 | unsigned CommonPrefixBits = |
| 398 | (Range.getUnsignedMax() ^ Range.getUnsignedMin()).countLeadingZeros(); |
| 399 | |
| 400 | APInt Mask = APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, CommonPrefixBits); |
Craig Topper | f42b23f | 2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 | Known.One &= Range.getUnsignedMax() & Mask; |
| 402 | Known.Zero &= ~Range.getUnsignedMax() & Mask; |
Sanjoy Das | 1d1929a | 2015-10-28 03:20:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | } |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | } |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | |
Pete Cooper | fa7ae4f | 2016-08-11 22:23:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 406 | static bool isEphemeralValueOf(const Instruction *I, const Value *E) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | SmallVector<const Value *, 16> WorkSet(1, I); |
| 408 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 32> Visited; |
| 409 | SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 16> EphValues; |
| 410 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 411 | // The instruction defining an assumption's condition itself is always |
| 412 | // considered ephemeral to that assumption (even if it has other |
| 413 | // non-ephemeral users). See r246696's test case for an example. |
David Majnemer | 0a16c22 | 2016-08-11 21:15:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 414 | if (is_contained(I->operands(), E)) |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | return true; |
| 416 | |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 417 | while (!WorkSet.empty()) { |
| 418 | const Value *V = WorkSet.pop_back_val(); |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | if (!Visited.insert(V).second) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 420 | continue; |
| 421 | |
| 422 | // If all uses of this value are ephemeral, then so is this value. |
David Majnemer | 0a16c22 | 2016-08-11 21:15:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 423 | if (all_of(V->users(), [&](const User *U) { return EphValues.count(U); })) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | if (V == E) |
| 425 | return true; |
| 426 | |
| 427 | EphValues.insert(V); |
| 428 | if (const User *U = dyn_cast<User>(V)) |
| 429 | for (User::const_op_iterator J = U->op_begin(), JE = U->op_end(); |
| 430 | J != JE; ++J) { |
| 431 | if (isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(*J)) |
| 432 | WorkSet.push_back(*J); |
| 433 | } |
| 434 | } |
| 435 | } |
| 436 | |
| 437 | return false; |
| 438 | } |
| 439 | |
| 440 | // Is this an intrinsic that cannot be speculated but also cannot trap? |
| 441 | static bool isAssumeLikeIntrinsic(const Instruction *I) { |
| 442 | if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) |
| 443 | if (Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction()) |
| 444 | switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 445 | default: break; |
| 446 | // FIXME: This list is repeated from NoTTI::getIntrinsicCost. |
| 447 | case Intrinsic::assume: |
| 448 | case Intrinsic::dbg_declare: |
| 449 | case Intrinsic::dbg_value: |
| 450 | case Intrinsic::invariant_start: |
| 451 | case Intrinsic::invariant_end: |
| 452 | case Intrinsic::lifetime_start: |
| 453 | case Intrinsic::lifetime_end: |
| 454 | case Intrinsic::objectsize: |
| 455 | case Intrinsic::ptr_annotation: |
| 456 | case Intrinsic::var_annotation: |
| 457 | return true; |
| 458 | } |
| 459 | |
| 460 | return false; |
| 461 | } |
| 462 | |
Pete Cooper | fa7ae4f | 2016-08-11 22:23:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | bool llvm::isValidAssumeForContext(const Instruction *Inv, |
| 464 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 465 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | |
| 467 | // There are two restrictions on the use of an assume: |
| 468 | // 1. The assume must dominate the context (or the control flow must |
| 469 | // reach the assume whenever it reaches the context). |
| 470 | // 2. The context must not be in the assume's set of ephemeral values |
| 471 | // (otherwise we will use the assume to prove that the condition |
| 472 | // feeding the assume is trivially true, thus causing the removal of |
| 473 | // the assume). |
| 474 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 475 | if (DT) { |
Pete Cooper | 54a0255 | 2016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | if (DT->dominates(Inv, CxtI)) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 477 | return true; |
Pete Cooper | 54a0255 | 2016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 478 | } else if (Inv->getParent() == CxtI->getParent()->getSinglePredecessor()) { |
| 479 | // We don't have a DT, but this trivially dominates. |
| 480 | return true; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 481 | } |
| 482 | |
Pete Cooper | 54a0255 | 2016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 483 | // With or without a DT, the only remaining case we will check is if the |
| 484 | // instructions are in the same BB. Give up if that is not the case. |
| 485 | if (Inv->getParent() != CxtI->getParent()) |
| 486 | return false; |
| 487 | |
| 488 | // If we have a dom tree, then we now know that the assume doens't dominate |
| 489 | // the other instruction. If we don't have a dom tree then we can check if |
| 490 | // the assume is first in the BB. |
| 491 | if (!DT) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | // Search forward from the assume until we reach the context (or the end |
| 493 | // of the block); the common case is that the assume will come first. |
Pete Cooper | fa7ae4f | 2016-08-11 22:23:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | for (auto I = std::next(BasicBlock::const_iterator(Inv)), |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | IE = Inv->getParent()->end(); I != IE; ++I) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | if (&*I == CxtI) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | return true; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | } |
| 499 | |
Pete Cooper | 54a0255 | 2016-08-12 01:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | // The context comes first, but they're both in the same block. Make sure |
| 501 | // there is nothing in between that might interrupt the control flow. |
| 502 | for (BasicBlock::const_iterator I = |
| 503 | std::next(BasicBlock::const_iterator(CxtI)), IE(Inv); |
| 504 | I != IE; ++I) |
| 505 | if (!isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&*I) && !isAssumeLikeIntrinsic(&*I)) |
| 506 | return false; |
| 507 | |
| 508 | return !isEphemeralValueOf(Inv, CxtI); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 509 | } |
| 510 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 511 | static void computeKnownBitsFromAssume(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, |
| 512 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 513 | // Use of assumptions is context-sensitive. If we don't have a context, we |
| 514 | // cannot use them! |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | if (!Q.AC || !Q.CxtI) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 516 | return; |
| 517 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 519 | |
Hal Finkel | 8a9a783 | 2017-01-11 13:24:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | // Note that the patterns below need to be kept in sync with the code |
| 521 | // in AssumptionCache::updateAffectedValues. |
| 522 | |
| 523 | for (auto &AssumeVH : Q.AC->assumptionsFor(V)) { |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 | if (!AssumeVH) |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | continue; |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | CallInst *I = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH); |
| 527 | assert(I->getParent()->getParent() == Q.CxtI->getParent()->getParent() && |
| 528 | "Got assumption for the wrong function!"); |
| 529 | if (Q.isExcluded(I)) |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 | continue; |
| 531 | |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | // Warning: This loop can end up being somewhat performance sensetive. |
| 533 | // We're running this loop for once for each value queried resulting in a |
| 534 | // runtime of ~O(#assumes * #values). |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | assert(I->getCalledFunction()->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::assume && |
| 537 | "must be an assume intrinsic"); |
| 538 | |
| 539 | Value *Arg = I->getArgOperand(0); |
| 540 | |
| 541 | if (Arg == V && isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 542 | assert(BitWidth == 1 && "assume operand is not i1?"); |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 543 | Known.setAllOnes(); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | return; |
| 545 | } |
Sanjay Patel | 9666996 | 2017-01-17 18:15:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | if (match(Arg, m_Not(m_Specific(V))) && |
| 547 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
| 548 | assert(BitWidth == 1 && "assume operand is not i1?"); |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | Known.setAllZero(); |
Sanjay Patel | 9666996 | 2017-01-17 18:15:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 550 | return; |
| 551 | } |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | |
David Majnemer | 9b60975 | 2014-12-12 23:59:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit. |
| 554 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
| 555 | continue; |
| 556 | |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | Value *A, *B; |
| 558 | auto m_V = m_CombineOr(m_Specific(V), |
| 559 | m_CombineOr(m_PtrToInt(m_Specific(V)), |
| 560 | m_BitCast(m_Specific(V)))); |
| 561 | |
| 562 | CmpInst::Predicate Pred; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | ConstantInt *C; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 564 | // assume(v = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 568 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 569 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero; |
| 570 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 571 | // assume(v & b = a) |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 572 | } else if (match(Arg, |
| 573 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_And(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 577 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 578 | KnownBits MaskKnown(BitWidth); |
| 579 | computeKnownBits(B, MaskKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 580 | |
| 581 | // For those bits in the mask that are known to be one, we can propagate |
| 582 | // known bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 583 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & MaskKnown.One; |
| 584 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & MaskKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | // assume(~(v & b) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_And(m_V, m_Value(B))), |
| 587 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 591 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 592 | KnownBits MaskKnown(BitWidth); |
| 593 | computeKnownBits(B, MaskKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | |
| 595 | // For those bits in the mask that are known to be one, we can propagate |
| 596 | // inverted known bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 597 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & MaskKnown.One; |
| 598 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & MaskKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | // assume(v | b = a) |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | } else if (match(Arg, |
| 601 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_Or(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 603 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 605 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 606 | KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth); |
| 607 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 608 | |
| 609 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate known |
| 610 | // bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero; |
| 612 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | // assume(~(v | b) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_Or(m_V, m_Value(B))), |
| 615 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 617 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 619 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 620 | KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth); |
| 621 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 622 | |
| 623 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate |
| 624 | // inverted known bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 625 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero; |
| 626 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | // assume(v ^ b = a) |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | } else if (match(Arg, |
| 629 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_c_Xor(m_V, m_Value(B)), m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 630 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 631 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 633 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 634 | KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth); |
| 635 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 636 | |
| 637 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate known |
| 638 | // bits from the RHS to V. For those bits in B that are known to be one, |
| 639 | // we can propagate inverted known bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero; |
| 641 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero; |
| 642 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.One; |
| 643 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | // assume(~(v ^ b) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 645 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_c_Xor(m_V, m_Value(B))), |
| 646 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 650 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
| 651 | KnownBits BKnown(BitWidth); |
| 652 | computeKnownBits(B, BKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 653 | |
| 654 | // For those bits in B that are known to be zero, we can propagate |
| 655 | // inverted known bits from the RHS to V. For those bits in B that are |
| 656 | // known to be one, we can propagate known bits from the RHS to V. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 657 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.Zero; |
| 658 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.Zero; |
| 659 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero & BKnown.One; |
| 660 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One & BKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | // assume(v << c = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Shl(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)), |
| 663 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 667 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them to known |
| 669 | // bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | RHSKnown.Zero.lshrInPlace(C->getZExtValue()); |
| 671 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero; |
| 672 | RHSKnown.One.lshrInPlace(C->getZExtValue()); |
| 673 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | // assume(~(v << c) = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_Shl(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C))), |
| 676 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 679 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 680 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 681 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them inverted |
| 682 | // to known bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | RHSKnown.One.lshrInPlace(C->getZExtValue()); |
| 684 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One; |
| 685 | RHSKnown.Zero.lshrInPlace(C->getZExtValue()); |
| 686 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero; |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | // assume(v >> c = a) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | } else if (match(Arg, |
Craig Topper | 7b66ffe | 2017-06-24 06:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 689 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Shr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C)), |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 694 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them to known |
| 696 | // bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.Zero << C->getZExtValue(); |
| 698 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.One << C->getZExtValue(); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | // assume(~(v >> c) = a) |
Craig Topper | 7b66ffe | 2017-06-24 06:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 700 | } else if (match(Arg, m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Not(m_Shr(m_V, m_ConstantInt(C))), |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 703 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 705 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 706 | // For those bits in RHS that are known, we can propagate them inverted |
| 707 | // to known bits in V shifted to the right by C. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | Known.Zero |= RHSKnown.One << C->getZExtValue(); |
| 709 | Known.One |= RHSKnown.Zero << C->getZExtValue(); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 710 | // assume(v >=_s c) where c is non-negative |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 711 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 714 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 715 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | if (RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | // We know that the sign bit is zero. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | } |
| 721 | // assume(v >_s c) where c is at least -1. |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 725 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 726 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 727 | |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | if (RHSKnown.isAllOnes() || RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 729 | // We know that the sign bit is zero. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | } |
| 732 | // assume(v <=_s c) where c is negative |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 737 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | if (RHSKnown.isNegative()) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | // We know that the sign bit is one. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | Known.makeNegative(); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | } |
| 743 | // assume(v <_s c) where c is non-positive |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 746 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 747 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 748 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | if (RHSKnown.isZero() || RHSKnown.isNegative()) { |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 751 | // We know that the sign bit is one. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | Known.makeNegative(); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | } |
| 754 | // assume(v <=_u c) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 759 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 760 | |
| 761 | // Whatever high bits in c are zero are known to be zero. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(RHSKnown.countMinLeadingZeros()); |
| 763 | // assume(v <_u c) |
Philip Reames | 00d3b27 | 2014-11-24 23:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | } else if (match(Arg, m_ICmp(Pred, m_V, m_Value(A))) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 766 | isValidAssumeForContext(I, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 768 | computeKnownBits(A, RHSKnown, Depth+1, Query(Q, I)); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 769 | |
| 770 | // Whatever high bits in c are zero are known to be zero (if c is a power |
| 771 | // of 2, then one more). |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(A, false, Depth + 1, Query(Q, I))) |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 773 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(RHSKnown.countMinLeadingZeros() + 1); |
Hal Finkel | 15aeaaf | 2014-09-07 19:21:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 774 | else |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 775 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(RHSKnown.countMinLeadingZeros()); |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 776 | } |
| 777 | } |
Sanjay Patel | 25f6d71 | 2017-02-01 15:41:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | |
| 779 | // If assumptions conflict with each other or previous known bits, then we |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | // have a logical fallacy. It's possible that the assumption is not reachable, |
| 781 | // so this isn't a real bug. On the other hand, the program may have undefined |
| 782 | // behavior, or we might have a bug in the compiler. We can't assert/crash, so |
| 783 | // clear out the known bits, try to warn the user, and hope for the best. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | if (Known.Zero.intersects(Known.One)) { |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | Known.resetAll(); |
Sanjay Patel | 54656ca | 2017-02-06 18:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | |
| 787 | if (Q.ORE) { |
| 788 | auto *CxtI = const_cast<Instruction *>(Q.CxtI); |
| 789 | OptimizationRemarkAnalysis ORA("value-tracking", "BadAssumption", CxtI); |
| 790 | Q.ORE->emit(ORA << "Detected conflicting code assumptions. Program may " |
| 791 | "have undefined behavior, or compiler may have " |
| 792 | "internal error."); |
| 793 | } |
Sanjay Patel | 25f6d71 | 2017-02-01 15:41:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 794 | } |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 795 | } |
| 796 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 797 | // Compute known bits from a shift operator, including those with a |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 798 | // non-constant shift amount. Known is the outputs of this function. Known2 is a |
| 799 | // pre-allocated temporary with the/ same bit width as Known. KZF and KOF are |
| 800 | // operator-specific functors that, given the known-zero or known-one bits |
| 801 | // respectively, and a shift amount, compute the implied known-zero or known-one |
| 802 | // bits of the shift operator's result respectively for that shift amount. The |
| 803 | // results from calling KZF and KOF are conservatively combined for all |
| 804 | // permitted shift amounts. |
David Majnemer | 54690dc | 2016-08-23 20:52:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 805 | static void computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator( |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 806 | const Operator *I, KnownBits &Known, KnownBits &Known2, |
| 807 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q, |
David Majnemer | 54690dc | 2016-08-23 20:52:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | function_ref<APInt(const APInt &, unsigned)> KZF, |
| 809 | function_ref<APInt(const APInt &, unsigned)> KOF) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 811 | |
| 812 | if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
| 813 | unsigned ShiftAmt = SA->getLimitedValue(BitWidth-1); |
| 814 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 816 | Known.Zero = KZF(Known.Zero, ShiftAmt); |
| 817 | Known.One = KOF(Known.One, ShiftAmt); |
| 818 | // If there is conflict between Known.Zero and Known.One, this must be an |
| 819 | // overflowing left shift, so the shift result is undefined. Clear Known |
| 820 | // bits so that other code could propagate this undef. |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | if ((Known.Zero & Known.One) != 0) |
| 822 | Known.resetAll(); |
Evgeny Stupachenko | d7f9c35 | 2016-08-24 23:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 824 | return; |
| 825 | } |
| 826 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | |
Oliver Stannard | 0620411 | 2017-03-14 10:13:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | // If the shift amount could be greater than or equal to the bit-width of the LHS, the |
| 830 | // value could be undef, so we don't know anything about it. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | if ((~Known.Zero).uge(BitWidth)) { |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | Known.resetAll(); |
Oliver Stannard | 0620411 | 2017-03-14 10:13:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | return; |
| 834 | } |
| 835 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | // Note: We cannot use Known.Zero.getLimitedValue() here, because if |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | // BitWidth > 64 and any upper bits are known, we'll end up returning the |
| 838 | // limit value (which implies all bits are known). |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 839 | uint64_t ShiftAmtKZ = Known.Zero.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue(); |
| 840 | uint64_t ShiftAmtKO = Known.One.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue(); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | |
| 842 | // It would be more-clearly correct to use the two temporaries for this |
| 843 | // calculation. Reusing the APInts here to prevent unnecessary allocations. |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 844 | Known.resetAll(); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 845 | |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 846 | // If we know the shifter operand is nonzero, we can sometimes infer more |
| 847 | // known bits. However this is expensive to compute, so be lazy about it and |
| 848 | // only compute it when absolutely necessary. |
| 849 | Optional<bool> ShifterOperandIsNonZero; |
| 850 | |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 851 | // Early exit if we can't constrain any well-defined shift amount. |
Craig Topper | f93b7b1 | 2017-06-14 17:04:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | if (!(ShiftAmtKZ & (PowerOf2Ceil(BitWidth) - 1)) && |
| 853 | !(ShiftAmtKO & (PowerOf2Ceil(BitWidth) - 1))) { |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 854 | ShifterOperandIsNonZero = |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | isKnownNonZero(I->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | if (!*ShifterOperandIsNonZero) |
| 857 | return; |
| 858 | } |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 859 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 860 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | Known.Zero.setAllBits(); |
| 863 | Known.One.setAllBits(); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | for (unsigned ShiftAmt = 0; ShiftAmt < BitWidth; ++ShiftAmt) { |
| 865 | // Combine the shifted known input bits only for those shift amounts |
| 866 | // compatible with its known constraints. |
| 867 | if ((ShiftAmt & ~ShiftAmtKZ) != ShiftAmt) |
| 868 | continue; |
| 869 | if ((ShiftAmt | ShiftAmtKO) != ShiftAmt) |
| 870 | continue; |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | // If we know the shifter is nonzero, we may be able to infer more known |
| 872 | // bits. This check is sunk down as far as possible to avoid the expensive |
| 873 | // call to isKnownNonZero if the cheaper checks above fail. |
| 874 | if (ShiftAmt == 0) { |
| 875 | if (!ShifterOperandIsNonZero.hasValue()) |
| 876 | ShifterOperandIsNonZero = |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 877 | isKnownNonZero(I->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
James Molloy | 493e57d | 2015-10-26 14:10:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | if (*ShifterOperandIsNonZero) |
| 879 | continue; |
| 880 | } |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | Known.Zero &= KZF(Known2.Zero, ShiftAmt); |
| 883 | Known.One &= KOF(Known2.One, ShiftAmt); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | } |
| 885 | |
| 886 | // If there are no compatible shift amounts, then we've proven that the shift |
| 887 | // amount must be >= the BitWidth, and the result is undefined. We could |
| 888 | // return anything we'd like, but we need to make sure the sets of known bits |
| 889 | // stay disjoint (it should be better for some other code to actually |
| 890 | // propagate the undef than to pick a value here using known bits). |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | if (Known.Zero.intersects(Known.One)) |
| 892 | Known.resetAll(); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | } |
| 894 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | static void computeKnownBitsFromOperator(const Operator *I, KnownBits &Known, |
| 896 | unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
| 897 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
Rafael Espindola | ba0a6ca | 2012-04-04 12:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | KnownBits Known2(Known); |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | default: break; |
Rafael Espindola | 5319053 | 2012-03-30 15:52:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | case Instruction::Load: |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | de36e80 | 2014-11-11 21:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 903 | if (MDNode *MD = cast<LoadInst>(I)->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) |
Craig Topper | f42b23f | 2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(*MD, Known); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | case Instruction::And: { |
| 907 | // If either the LHS or the RHS are Zero, the result is zero. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 908 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 909 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 911 | // Output known-1 bits are only known if set in both the LHS & RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | Known.One &= Known2.One; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | // Output known-0 are known to be clear if zero in either the LHS | RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero; |
Philip Reames | 2d85874 | 2015-11-10 18:46:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | |
| 916 | // and(x, add (x, -1)) is a common idiom that always clears the low bit; |
| 917 | // here we handle the more general case of adding any odd number by |
| 918 | // matching the form add(x, add(x, y)) where y is odd. |
| 919 | // TODO: This could be generalized to clearing any bit set in y where the |
| 920 | // following bit is known to be unset in y. |
| 921 | Value *Y = nullptr; |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | if (!Known.Zero[0] && !Known.One[0] && |
Craig Topper | a80f204 | 2017-04-13 19:04:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 923 | (match(I->getOperand(0), m_Add(m_Specific(I->getOperand(1)), |
| 924 | m_Value(Y))) || |
| 925 | match(I->getOperand(1), m_Add(m_Specific(I->getOperand(0)), |
| 926 | m_Value(Y))))) { |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | Known2.resetAll(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 928 | computeKnownBits(Y, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | if (Known2.countMinTrailingOnes() > 0) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 930 | Known.Zero.setBit(0); |
Philip Reames | 2d85874 | 2015-11-10 18:46:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | } |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | } |
| 934 | case Instruction::Or: { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 936 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 937 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 938 | // Output known-0 bits are only known if clear in both the LHS & RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | Known.Zero &= Known2.Zero; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 940 | // Output known-1 are known to be set if set in either the LHS | RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 941 | Known.One |= Known2.One; |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 943 | } |
| 944 | case Instruction::Xor: { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 945 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 946 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 947 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | // Output known-0 bits are known if clear or set in both the LHS & RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | APInt KnownZeroOut = (Known.Zero & Known2.Zero) | (Known.One & Known2.One); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | // Output known-1 are known to be set if set in only one of the LHS, RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 951 | Known.One = (Known.Zero & Known2.One) | (Known.One & Known2.Zero); |
| 952 | Known.Zero = std::move(KnownZeroOut); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 954 | } |
| 955 | case Instruction::Mul: { |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | computeKnownBitsMul(I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW, Known, |
| 958 | Known2, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 960 | } |
| 961 | case Instruction::UDiv: { |
| 962 | // For the purposes of computing leading zeros we can conservatively |
| 963 | // treat a udiv as a logical right shift by the power of 2 known to |
| 964 | // be less than the denominator. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 965 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 966 | unsigned LeadZ = Known2.countMinLeadingZeros(); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 | |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | Known2.resetAll(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 969 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 | unsigned RHSMaxLeadingZeros = Known2.countMaxLeadingZeros(); |
| 971 | if (RHSMaxLeadingZeros != BitWidth) |
| 972 | LeadZ = std::min(BitWidth, LeadZ + BitWidth - RHSMaxLeadingZeros - 1); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 973 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(LeadZ); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 975 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | } |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 977 | case Instruction::Select: { |
Craig Topper | e953dec | 2017-04-13 20:39:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 978 | const Value *LHS, *RHS; |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 979 | SelectPatternFlavor SPF = matchSelectPattern(I, LHS, RHS).Flavor; |
| 980 | if (SelectPatternResult::isMinOrMax(SPF)) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 981 | computeKnownBits(RHS, Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 982 | computeKnownBits(LHS, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 983 | } else { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 984 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(2), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 985 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 986 | } |
| 987 | |
| 988 | unsigned MaxHighOnes = 0; |
| 989 | unsigned MaxHighZeros = 0; |
| 990 | if (SPF == SPF_SMAX) { |
| 991 | // If both sides are negative, the result is negative. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 992 | if (Known.isNegative() && Known2.isNegative()) |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 993 | // We can derive a lower bound on the result by taking the max of the |
| 994 | // leading one bits. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | MaxHighOnes = |
| 996 | std::max(Known.countMinLeadingOnes(), Known2.countMinLeadingOnes()); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | // If either side is non-negative, the result is non-negative. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | else if (Known.isNonNegative() || Known2.isNonNegative()) |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | MaxHighZeros = 1; |
| 1000 | } else if (SPF == SPF_SMIN) { |
| 1001 | // If both sides are non-negative, the result is non-negative. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1002 | if (Known.isNonNegative() && Known2.isNonNegative()) |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | // We can derive an upper bound on the result by taking the max of the |
| 1004 | // leading zero bits. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 | MaxHighZeros = std::max(Known.countMinLeadingZeros(), |
| 1006 | Known2.countMinLeadingZeros()); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | // If either side is negative, the result is negative. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | else if (Known.isNegative() || Known2.isNegative()) |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1009 | MaxHighOnes = 1; |
| 1010 | } else if (SPF == SPF_UMAX) { |
| 1011 | // We can derive a lower bound on the result by taking the max of the |
| 1012 | // leading one bits. |
| 1013 | MaxHighOnes = |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 | std::max(Known.countMinLeadingOnes(), Known2.countMinLeadingOnes()); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | } else if (SPF == SPF_UMIN) { |
| 1016 | // We can derive an upper bound on the result by taking the max of the |
| 1017 | // leading zero bits. |
| 1018 | MaxHighZeros = |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1019 | std::max(Known.countMinLeadingZeros(), Known2.countMinLeadingZeros()); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 | } |
| 1021 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1022 | // Only known if known in both the LHS and RHS. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1023 | Known.One &= Known2.One; |
| 1024 | Known.Zero &= Known2.Zero; |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | if (MaxHighOnes > 0) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | Known.One.setHighBits(MaxHighOnes); |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | if (MaxHighZeros > 0) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1028 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(MaxHighZeros); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 | break; |
David Majnemer | a19d0f2 | 2016-08-06 08:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1031 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: |
| 1032 | case Instruction::FPExt: |
| 1033 | case Instruction::FPToUI: |
| 1034 | case Instruction::FPToSI: |
| 1035 | case Instruction::SIToFP: |
| 1036 | case Instruction::UIToFP: |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1037 | break; // Can't work with floating point. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1038 | case Instruction::PtrToInt: |
| 1039 | case Instruction::IntToPtr: |
Justin Bogner | cd1d5aa | 2016-08-17 20:30:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 | // Fall through and handle them the same as zext/trunc. |
| 1041 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1042 | case Instruction::ZExt: |
| 1043 | case Instruction::Trunc: { |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1044 | Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType(); |
Nadav Rotem | 15198e9 | 2012-10-26 17:17:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1045 | |
Chris Lattner | 0cdbc7a | 2009-09-08 00:13:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1046 | unsigned SrcBitWidth; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1047 | // Note that we handle pointer operands here because of inttoptr/ptrtoint |
| 1048 | // which fall through here. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1049 | SrcBitWidth = Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy->getScalarType()); |
Nadav Rotem | 15198e9 | 2012-10-26 17:17:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 | |
| 1051 | assert(SrcBitWidth && "SrcBitWidth can't be zero"); |
Craig Topper | d938fd1 | 2017-05-03 22:07:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1052 | Known = Known.zextOrTrunc(SrcBitWidth); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1053 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | d938fd1 | 2017-05-03 22:07:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1054 | Known = Known.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1055 | // Any top bits are known to be zero. |
| 1056 | if (BitWidth > SrcBitWidth) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 | Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(SrcBitWidth); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1058 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 | } |
| 1060 | case Instruction::BitCast: { |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1061 | Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType(); |
Sanjay Patel | dba8b4c | 2016-06-02 20:01:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1062 | if ((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && |
Chris Lattner | edb8407 | 2009-07-02 16:04:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1063 | // TODO: For now, not handling conversions like: |
| 1064 | // (bitcast i64 %x to <2 x i32>) |
Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1065 | !I->getType()->isVectorTy()) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 | } |
| 1069 | break; |
| 1070 | } |
| 1071 | case Instruction::SExt: { |
| 1072 | // Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input. |
Chris Lattner | 0cdbc7a | 2009-09-08 00:13:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1073 | unsigned SrcBitWidth = I->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 | |
Craig Topper | d938fd1 | 2017-05-03 22:07:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 | Known = Known.trunc(SrcBitWidth); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1077 | // If the sign bit of the input is known set or clear, then we know the |
| 1078 | // top bits of the result. |
Craig Topper | d938fd1 | 2017-05-03 22:07:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 | Known = Known.sext(BitWidth); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1080 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1081 | } |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1082 | case Instruction::Shl: { |
Sylvestre Ledru | 91ce36c | 2012-09-27 10:14:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1083 | // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (X & C2 >>u C1) == 0 |
Evgeny Stupachenko | d7f9c35 | 2016-08-24 23:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1084 | bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
Craig Topper | d73c6b4 | 2017-03-23 07:06:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 | auto KZF = [NSW](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1086 | APInt KZResult = KnownZero << ShiftAmt; |
| 1087 | KZResult.setLowBits(ShiftAmt); // Low bits known 0. |
Evgeny Stupachenko | d7f9c35 | 2016-08-24 23:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1088 | // If this shift has "nsw" keyword, then the result is either a poison |
| 1089 | // value or has the same sign bit as the first operand. |
Craig Topper | d23004c | 2017-04-17 16:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | if (NSW && KnownZero.isSignBitSet()) |
Craig Topper | d73c6b4 | 2017-03-23 07:06:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | KZResult.setSignBit(); |
Evgeny Stupachenko | d7f9c35 | 2016-08-24 23:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | return KZResult; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | }; |
| 1094 | |
Craig Topper | d73c6b4 | 2017-03-23 07:06:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1095 | auto KOF = [NSW](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
Evgeny Stupachenko | d7f9c35 | 2016-08-24 23:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1096 | APInt KOResult = KnownOne << ShiftAmt; |
Craig Topper | d23004c | 2017-04-17 16:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 | if (NSW && KnownOne.isSignBitSet()) |
Craig Topper | d73c6b4 | 2017-03-23 07:06:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1098 | KOResult.setSignBit(); |
Evgeny Stupachenko | d7f9c35 | 2016-08-24 23:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | return KOResult; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1100 | }; |
| 1101 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, Known, Known2, Depth, Q, KZF, KOF); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | break; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | } |
| 1105 | case Instruction::LShr: { |
Sylvestre Ledru | 91ce36c | 2012-09-27 10:14:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | // (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0 |
Craig Topper | fc947bc | 2017-04-18 17:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1107 | auto KZF = [](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
| 1108 | APInt KZResult = KnownZero.lshr(ShiftAmt); |
| 1109 | // High bits known zero. |
| 1110 | KZResult.setHighBits(ShiftAmt); |
| 1111 | return KZResult; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | }; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 | |
Malcolm Parsons | 17d266b | 2017-01-13 17:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1114 | auto KOF = [](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
Craig Topper | 885fa12 | 2017-03-31 20:01:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | return KnownOne.lshr(ShiftAmt); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | }; |
| 1117 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1118 | computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, Known, Known2, Depth, Q, KZF, KOF); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 | break; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | } |
| 1121 | case Instruction::AShr: { |
Sylvestre Ledru | 91ce36c | 2012-09-27 10:14:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | // (ashr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0 |
Malcolm Parsons | 17d266b | 2017-01-13 17:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1123 | auto KZF = [](const APInt &KnownZero, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
Craig Topper | 885fa12 | 2017-03-31 20:01:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1124 | return KnownZero.ashr(ShiftAmt); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1125 | }; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | |
Malcolm Parsons | 17d266b | 2017-01-13 17:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | auto KOF = [](const APInt &KnownOne, unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
Craig Topper | 885fa12 | 2017-03-31 20:01:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1128 | return KnownOne.ashr(ShiftAmt); |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 | }; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | computeKnownBitsFromShiftOperator(I, Known, Known2, Depth, Q, KZF, KOF); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | break; |
Hal Finkel | f2199b2 | 2015-10-23 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | case Instruction::Sub: { |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(false, I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW, |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1137 | Known, Known2, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | case Instruction::Add: { |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | bool NSW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoSignedWrap(); |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(true, I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), NSW, |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | Known, Known2, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1145 | } |
| 1146 | case Instruction::SRem: |
| 1147 | if (ConstantInt *Rem = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | APInt RA = Rem->getValue().abs(); |
| 1149 | if (RA.isPowerOf2()) { |
| 1150 | APInt LowBits = RA - 1; |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1151 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1152 | |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1153 | // The low bits of the first operand are unchanged by the srem. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | Known.Zero = Known2.Zero & LowBits; |
| 1155 | Known.One = Known2.One & LowBits; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1156 | |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 | // If the first operand is non-negative or has all low bits zero, then |
| 1158 | // the upper bits are all zero. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | if (Known2.isNonNegative() || LowBits.isSubsetOf(Known2.Zero)) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | Known.Zero |= ~LowBits; |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | |
| 1162 | // If the first operand is negative and not all low bits are zero, then |
| 1163 | // the upper bits are all one. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1164 | if (Known2.isNegative() && LowBits.intersects(Known2.One)) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | Known.One |= ~LowBits; |
Duncan Sands | 26cd6bd | 2010-01-29 06:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 | assert((Known.Zero & Known.One) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?"); |
Craig Topper | da886c6 | 2017-04-16 21:46:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | } |
| 1170 | } |
Nick Lewycky | e467979 | 2011-03-07 01:50:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | |
| 1172 | // The sign bit is the LHS's sign bit, except when the result of the |
| 1173 | // remainder is zero. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | da886c6 | 2017-04-16 21:46:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1175 | // If it's known zero, our sign bit is also zero. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 | if (Known2.isNonNegative()) |
| 1177 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
Nick Lewycky | e467979 | 2011-03-07 01:50:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 | break; |
| 1180 | case Instruction::URem: { |
| 1181 | if (ConstantInt *Rem = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
Benjamin Kramer | 46e38f3 | 2016-06-08 10:01:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | const APInt &RA = Rem->getValue(); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 | if (RA.isPowerOf2()) { |
| 1184 | APInt LowBits = (RA - 1); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1186 | Known.Zero |= ~LowBits; |
| 1187 | Known.One &= LowBits; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | break; |
| 1189 | } |
| 1190 | } |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 | // Since the result is less than or equal to either operand, any leading |
| 1193 | // zero bits in either operand must also exist in the result. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1194 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1195 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(1), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | unsigned Leaders = |
| 1198 | std::max(Known.countMinLeadingZeros(), Known2.countMinLeadingZeros()); |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | Known.resetAll(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | Known.Zero.setHighBits(Leaders); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 | break; |
| 1202 | } |
| 1203 | |
Victor Hernandez | a3aaf85 | 2009-10-17 01:18:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | case Instruction::Alloca: { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 | const AllocaInst *AI = cast<AllocaInst>(I); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1206 | unsigned Align = AI->getAlignment(); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | if (Align == 0) |
Eduard Burtescu | 90c4449 | 2016-01-18 00:10:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | Align = Q.DL.getABITypeAlignment(AI->getAllocatedType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | if (Align > 0) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | Known.Zero.setLowBits(countTrailingZeros(Align)); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 | break; |
| 1213 | } |
| 1214 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: { |
| 1215 | // Analyze all of the subscripts of this getelementptr instruction |
| 1216 | // to determine if we can prove known low zero bits. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1217 | KnownBits LocalKnown(BitWidth); |
| 1218 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), LocalKnown, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 | unsigned TrailZ = LocalKnown.countMinTrailingZeros(); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | |
| 1221 | gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(I); |
| 1222 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) { |
| 1223 | Value *Index = I->getOperand(i); |
Peter Collingbourne | ab85225b | 2016-12-02 02:24:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 | if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | // Handle struct member offset arithmetic. |
Matt Arsenault | 74742a1 | 2013-08-19 21:43:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | |
| 1227 | // Handle case when index is vector zeroinitializer |
| 1228 | Constant *CIndex = cast<Constant>(Index); |
| 1229 | if (CIndex->isZeroValue()) |
| 1230 | continue; |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 | if (CIndex->getType()->isVectorTy()) |
| 1233 | Index = CIndex->getSplatValue(); |
| 1234 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | unsigned Idx = cast<ConstantInt>(Index)->getZExtValue(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | const StructLayout *SL = Q.DL.getStructLayout(STy); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | uint64_t Offset = SL->getElementOffset(Idx); |
Michael J. Spencer | df1ecbd7 | 2013-05-24 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | TrailZ = std::min<unsigned>(TrailZ, |
| 1239 | countTrailingZeros(Offset)); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 | } else { |
| 1241 | // Handle array index arithmetic. |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | Type *IndexedTy = GTI.getIndexedType(); |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 | if (!IndexedTy->isSized()) { |
| 1244 | TrailZ = 0; |
| 1245 | break; |
| 1246 | } |
Dan Gohman | 7ccc52f | 2009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1247 | unsigned GEPOpiBits = Index->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | uint64_t TypeSize = Q.DL.getTypeAllocSize(IndexedTy); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 | LocalKnown.Zero = LocalKnown.One = APInt(GEPOpiBits, 0); |
| 1250 | computeKnownBits(Index, LocalKnown, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | TrailZ = std::min(TrailZ, |
Michael J. Spencer | df1ecbd7 | 2013-05-24 22:23:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | unsigned(countTrailingZeros(TypeSize) + |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1253 | LocalKnown.countMinTrailingZeros())); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | } |
| 1255 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1256 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1257 | Known.Zero.setLowBits(TrailZ); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1258 | break; |
| 1259 | } |
| 1260 | case Instruction::PHI: { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | const PHINode *P = cast<PHINode>(I); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | // Handle the case of a simple two-predecessor recurrence PHI. |
| 1263 | // There's a lot more that could theoretically be done here, but |
| 1264 | // this is sufficient to catch some interesting cases. |
| 1265 | if (P->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) { |
| 1266 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != 2; ++i) { |
| 1267 | Value *L = P->getIncomingValue(i); |
| 1268 | Value *R = P->getIncomingValue(!i); |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | Operator *LU = dyn_cast<Operator>(L); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1270 | if (!LU) |
| 1271 | continue; |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | unsigned Opcode = LU->getOpcode(); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | // Check for operations that have the property that if |
| 1274 | // both their operands have low zero bits, the result |
Artur Pilipenko | bc76eca | 2016-08-22 13:14:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 | // will have low zero bits. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 | if (Opcode == Instruction::Add || |
| 1277 | Opcode == Instruction::Sub || |
| 1278 | Opcode == Instruction::And || |
| 1279 | Opcode == Instruction::Or || |
| 1280 | Opcode == Instruction::Mul) { |
| 1281 | Value *LL = LU->getOperand(0); |
| 1282 | Value *LR = LU->getOperand(1); |
| 1283 | // Find a recurrence. |
| 1284 | if (LL == I) |
| 1285 | L = LR; |
| 1286 | else if (LR == I) |
| 1287 | L = LL; |
| 1288 | else |
| 1289 | break; |
| 1290 | // Ok, we have a PHI of the form L op= R. Check for low |
| 1291 | // zero bits. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | computeKnownBits(R, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
David Greene | aebd9e0 | 2008-10-27 23:24:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | |
| 1294 | // We need to take the minimum number of known bits |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | KnownBits Known3(Known); |
| 1296 | computeKnownBits(L, Known3, Depth + 1, Q); |
David Greene | aebd9e0 | 2008-10-27 23:24:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | Known.Zero.setLowBits(std::min(Known2.countMinTrailingZeros(), |
| 1299 | Known3.countMinTrailingZeros())); |
Artur Pilipenko | c6eb6bd | 2016-10-12 16:18:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | |
| 1301 | if (DontImproveNonNegativePhiBits) |
| 1302 | break; |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | auto *OverflowOp = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(LU); |
| 1305 | if (OverflowOp && OverflowOp->hasNoSignedWrap()) { |
| 1306 | // If initial value of recurrence is nonnegative, and we are adding |
| 1307 | // a nonnegative number with nsw, the result can only be nonnegative |
| 1308 | // or poison value regardless of the number of times we execute the |
| 1309 | // add in phi recurrence. If initial value is negative and we are |
| 1310 | // adding a negative number with nsw, the result can only be |
| 1311 | // negative or poison value. Similar arguments apply to sub and mul. |
| 1312 | // |
| 1313 | // (add non-negative, non-negative) --> non-negative |
| 1314 | // (add negative, negative) --> negative |
| 1315 | if (Opcode == Instruction::Add) { |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | if (Known2.isNonNegative() && Known3.isNonNegative()) |
| 1317 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
| 1318 | else if (Known2.isNegative() && Known3.isNegative()) |
| 1319 | Known.makeNegative(); |
Artur Pilipenko | c6eb6bd | 2016-10-12 16:18:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | } |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | // (sub nsw non-negative, negative) --> non-negative |
| 1323 | // (sub nsw negative, non-negative) --> negative |
| 1324 | else if (Opcode == Instruction::Sub && LL == I) { |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | if (Known2.isNonNegative() && Known3.isNegative()) |
| 1326 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
| 1327 | else if (Known2.isNegative() && Known3.isNonNegative()) |
| 1328 | Known.makeNegative(); |
Artur Pilipenko | c6eb6bd | 2016-10-12 16:18:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | } |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | // (mul nsw non-negative, non-negative) --> non-negative |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | else if (Opcode == Instruction::Mul && Known2.isNonNegative() && |
| 1333 | Known3.isNonNegative()) |
| 1334 | Known.makeNonNegative(); |
Artur Pilipenko | c6eb6bd | 2016-10-12 16:18:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1335 | } |
| 1336 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1337 | break; |
| 1338 | } |
| 1339 | } |
| 1340 | } |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1341 | |
Nick Lewycky | ac0b62c | 2011-02-10 23:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1342 | // Unreachable blocks may have zero-operand PHI nodes. |
| 1343 | if (P->getNumIncomingValues() == 0) |
Jay Foad | 5a29c36 | 2014-05-15 12:12:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | ac0b62c | 2011-02-10 23:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | // Otherwise take the unions of the known bit sets of the operands, |
| 1347 | // taking conservative care to avoid excessive recursion. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | if (Depth < MaxDepth - 1 && !Known.Zero && !Known.One) { |
Duncan Sands | 7dc3d47 | 2011-03-08 12:39:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | // Skip if every incoming value references to ourself. |
Nuno Lopes | 0d44a50 | 2012-07-03 21:15:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | if (dyn_cast_or_null<UndefValue>(P->hasConstantValue())) |
Duncan Sands | 7dc3d47 | 2011-03-08 12:39:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1351 | break; |
| 1352 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | Known.Zero.setAllBits(); |
| 1354 | Known.One.setAllBits(); |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 | for (Value *IncValue : P->incoming_values()) { |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 | // Skip direct self references. |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | if (IncValue == P) continue; |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1359 | Known2 = KnownBits(BitWidth); |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | // Recurse, but cap the recursion to one level, because we don't |
| 1361 | // want to waste time spinning around in loops. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | computeKnownBits(IncValue, Known2, MaxDepth - 1, Q); |
| 1363 | Known.Zero &= Known2.Zero; |
| 1364 | Known.One &= Known2.One; |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | // If all bits have been ruled out, there's no need to check |
| 1366 | // more operands. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | if (!Known.Zero && !Known.One) |
Dan Gohman | bf0002e | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | break; |
| 1369 | } |
| 1370 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | break; |
| 1372 | } |
| 1373 | case Instruction::Call: |
Jingyue Wu | 37fcb59 | 2014-06-19 16:50:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | case Instruction::Invoke: |
Hal Finkel | 6fd5e1f | 2016-07-11 02:25:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | // If range metadata is attached to this call, set known bits from that, |
| 1376 | // and then intersect with known bits based on other properties of the |
| 1377 | // function. |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | de36e80 | 2014-11-11 21:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | if (MDNode *MD = cast<Instruction>(I)->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) |
Craig Topper | f42b23f | 2017-04-28 06:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | computeKnownBitsFromRangeMetadata(*MD, Known); |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | if (const Value *RV = ImmutableCallSite(I).getReturnedArgOperand()) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | computeKnownBits(RV, Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1382 | Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero; |
| 1383 | Known.One |= Known2.One; |
Hal Finkel | 6fd5e1f | 2016-07-11 02:25:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | } |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | if (const IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 1387 | default: break; |
Chad Rosier | 8520429 | 2017-01-17 17:23:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | case Intrinsic::bitreverse: |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1389 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1390 | Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero.reverseBits(); |
| 1391 | Known.One |= Known2.One.reverseBits(); |
Chad Rosier | 8520429 | 2017-01-17 17:23:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1392 | break; |
Philip Reames | 675418e | 2015-10-06 20:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | case Intrinsic::bswap: |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1395 | Known.Zero |= Known2.Zero.byteSwap(); |
| 1396 | Known.One |= Known2.One.byteSwap(); |
Philip Reames | 675418e | 2015-10-06 20:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 | break; |
Craig Topper | 868813f | 2017-05-08 17:22:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | case Intrinsic::ctlz: { |
| 1399 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1400 | // If we have a known 1, its position is our upper bound. |
| 1401 | unsigned PossibleLZ = Known2.One.countLeadingZeros(); |
Benjamin Kramer | 4ee5747 | 2011-12-24 17:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | // If this call is undefined for 0, the result will be less than 2^n. |
| 1403 | if (II->getArgOperand(1) == ConstantInt::getTrue(II->getContext())) |
Craig Topper | 868813f | 2017-05-08 17:22:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | PossibleLZ = std::min(PossibleLZ, BitWidth - 1); |
| 1405 | unsigned LowBits = Log2_32(PossibleLZ)+1; |
| 1406 | Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(LowBits); |
| 1407 | break; |
| 1408 | } |
| 1409 | case Intrinsic::cttz: { |
| 1410 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
| 1411 | // If we have a known 1, its position is our upper bound. |
| 1412 | unsigned PossibleTZ = Known2.One.countTrailingZeros(); |
| 1413 | // If this call is undefined for 0, the result will be less than 2^n. |
| 1414 | if (II->getArgOperand(1) == ConstantInt::getTrue(II->getContext())) |
| 1415 | PossibleTZ = std::min(PossibleTZ, BitWidth - 1); |
| 1416 | unsigned LowBits = Log2_32(PossibleTZ)+1; |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(LowBits); |
Benjamin Kramer | 4ee5747 | 2011-12-24 17:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 | break; |
| 1419 | } |
| 1420 | case Intrinsic::ctpop: { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known2, Depth + 1, Q); |
Philip Reames | ddcf6b3 | 2015-10-14 22:42:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 | // We can bound the space the count needs. Also, bits known to be zero |
| 1423 | // can't contribute to the population. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | unsigned BitsPossiblySet = Known2.countMaxPopulation(); |
Craig Topper | 66df10f | 2017-04-14 06:43:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1425 | unsigned LowBits = Log2_32(BitsPossiblySet)+1; |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(LowBits); |
Philip Reames | ddcf6b3 | 2015-10-14 22:42:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | // TODO: we could bound KnownOne using the lower bound on the number |
| 1428 | // of bits which might be set provided by popcnt KnownOne2. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1429 | break; |
| 1430 | } |
Chad Rosier | b362884 | 2011-05-26 23:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | case Intrinsic::x86_sse42_crc32_64_64: |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1432 | Known.Zero.setBitsFrom(32); |
Evan Cheng | 2a746bf | 2011-05-22 18:25:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1433 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 | } |
| 1435 | } |
| 1436 | break; |
Bjorn Pettersson | 3961603 | 2016-10-06 09:56:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1437 | case Instruction::ExtractElement: |
| 1438 | // Look through extract element. At the moment we keep this simple and skip |
| 1439 | // tracking the specific element. But at least we might find information |
| 1440 | // valid for all elements of the vector (for example if vector is sign |
| 1441 | // extended, shifted, etc). |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | computeKnownBits(I->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Bjorn Pettersson | 3961603 | 2016-10-06 09:56:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1444 | case Instruction::ExtractValue: |
| 1445 | if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I->getOperand(0))) { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | const ExtractValueInst *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(I); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 | if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1) break; |
| 1448 | if (EVI->getIndices()[0] == 0) { |
| 1449 | switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 1450 | default: break; |
| 1451 | case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: |
| 1452 | case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow: |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(true, II->getArgOperand(0), |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | II->getArgOperand(1), false, Known, Known2, |
| 1455 | Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | break; |
| 1457 | case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow: |
| 1458 | case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow: |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1459 | computeKnownBitsAddSub(false, II->getArgOperand(0), |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 | II->getArgOperand(1), false, Known, Known2, |
| 1461 | Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1463 | case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow: |
| 1464 | case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow: |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | computeKnownBitsMul(II->getArgOperand(0), II->getArgOperand(1), false, |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | Known, Known2, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | fa30607 | 2012-03-18 23:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1467 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | fea3e00 | 2012-03-09 09:23:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1468 | } |
| 1469 | } |
| 1470 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | } |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1472 | } |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 | /// Determine which bits of V are known to be either zero or one and return |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 | /// them. |
| 1476 | KnownBits computeKnownBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
| 1477 | KnownBits Known(getBitWidth(V->getType(), Q.DL)); |
| 1478 | computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q); |
| 1479 | return Known; |
| 1480 | } |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 | /// Determine which bits of V are known to be either zero or one and return |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1483 | /// them in the Known bit set. |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1484 | /// |
| 1485 | /// NOTE: we cannot consider 'undef' to be "IsZero" here. The problem is that |
| 1486 | /// we cannot optimize based on the assumption that it is zero without changing |
| 1487 | /// it to be an explicit zero. If we don't change it to zero, other code could |
| 1488 | /// optimized based on the contradictory assumption that it is non-zero. |
| 1489 | /// Because instcombine aggressively folds operations with undef args anyway, |
| 1490 | /// this won't lose us code quality. |
| 1491 | /// |
| 1492 | /// This function is defined on values with integer type, values with pointer |
| 1493 | /// type, and vectors of integers. In the case |
| 1494 | /// where V is a vector, known zero, and known one values are the |
| 1495 | /// same width as the vector element, and the bit is set only if it is true |
| 1496 | /// for all of the elements in the vector. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1497 | void computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, unsigned Depth, |
| 1498 | const Query &Q) { |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1499 | assert(V && "No Value?"); |
| 1500 | assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Limit Search Depth"); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | unsigned BitWidth = Known.getBitWidth(); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1502 | |
| 1503 | assert((V->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() || |
| 1504 | V->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) && |
Sanjay Patel | dba8b4c | 2016-06-02 20:01:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1505 | "Not integer or pointer type!"); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | assert((Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()->getScalarType()) == BitWidth) && |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1507 | (!V->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() || |
| 1508 | V->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() == BitWidth) && |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 | "V and Known should have same BitWidth"); |
Craig Topper | d73c6b4 | 2017-03-23 07:06:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | (void)BitWidth; |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 | |
Sanjay Patel | c96f6db | 2016-09-16 21:20:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | const APInt *C; |
| 1513 | if (match(V, m_APInt(C))) { |
| 1514 | // We know all of the bits for a scalar constant or a splat vector constant! |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | Known.One = *C; |
| 1516 | Known.Zero = ~Known.One; |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | return; |
| 1518 | } |
| 1519 | // Null and aggregate-zero are all-zeros. |
Sanjay Patel | e8dc090 | 2016-05-23 17:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1520 | if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V) || isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V)) { |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1521 | Known.setAllZero(); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1522 | return; |
| 1523 | } |
| 1524 | // Handle a constant vector by taking the intersection of the known bits of |
David Majnemer | 3918cdd | 2016-05-04 06:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1525 | // each element. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | if (const ConstantDataSequential *CDS = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(V)) { |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | // We know that CDS must be a vector of integers. Take the intersection of |
| 1528 | // each element. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | Known.Zero.setAllBits(); Known.One.setAllBits(); |
Craig Topper | 9c932d3 | 2017-04-25 16:48:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | APInt Elt(BitWidth, 0); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = CDS->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1532 | Elt = CDS->getElementAsInteger(i); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | Known.Zero &= ~Elt; |
| 1534 | Known.One &= Elt; |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | } |
| 1536 | return; |
| 1537 | } |
| 1538 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | if (const auto *CV = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V)) { |
David Majnemer | 3918cdd | 2016-05-04 06:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1540 | // We know that CV must be a vector of integers. Take the intersection of |
| 1541 | // each element. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 | Known.Zero.setAllBits(); Known.One.setAllBits(); |
| 1543 | APInt Elt(BitWidth, 0); |
David Majnemer | 3918cdd | 2016-05-04 06:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1544 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = CV->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1545 | Constant *Element = CV->getAggregateElement(i); |
| 1546 | auto *ElementCI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(Element); |
| 1547 | if (!ElementCI) { |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | Known.resetAll(); |
David Majnemer | 3918cdd | 2016-05-04 06:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 | return; |
| 1550 | } |
| 1551 | Elt = ElementCI->getValue(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | Known.Zero &= ~Elt; |
| 1553 | Known.One &= Elt; |
David Majnemer | 3918cdd | 2016-05-04 06:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1554 | } |
| 1555 | return; |
| 1556 | } |
| 1557 | |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1558 | // Start out not knowing anything. |
Craig Topper | f0aeee0 | 2017-05-05 17:36:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 | Known.resetAll(); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | b1b208a | 2016-09-24 20:42:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | // We can't imply anything about undefs. |
| 1562 | if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) |
| 1563 | return; |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | // There's no point in looking through other users of ConstantData for |
| 1566 | // assumptions. Confirm that we've handled them all. |
| 1567 | assert(!isa<ConstantData>(V) && "Unhandled constant data!"); |
| 1568 | |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | // Limit search depth. |
| 1570 | // All recursive calls that increase depth must come after this. |
| 1571 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
| 1572 | return; |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | // A weak GlobalAlias is totally unknown. A non-weak GlobalAlias has |
| 1575 | // the bits of its aliasee. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1576 | if (const GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 5ce3272 | 2016-04-08 00:48:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | if (!GA->isInterposable()) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | computeKnownBits(GA->getAliasee(), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | return; |
| 1580 | } |
| 1581 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | if (const Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V)) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | computeKnownBitsFromOperator(I, Known, Depth, Q); |
Sanjay Patel | a67559c | 2015-09-25 20:12:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1585 | // Aligned pointers have trailing zeros - refine Known.Zero set |
Artur Pilipenko | 029d853 | 2015-09-30 11:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) { |
Artur Pilipenko | ae51afc | 2016-02-24 12:25:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1587 | unsigned Align = V->getPointerAlignment(Q.DL); |
Artur Pilipenko | 029d853 | 2015-09-30 11:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | if (Align) |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 | Known.Zero.setLowBits(countTrailingZeros(Align)); |
Artur Pilipenko | 029d853 | 2015-09-30 11:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | } |
| 1591 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | // computeKnownBitsFromAssume strictly refines Known. |
| 1593 | // Therefore, we run them after computeKnownBitsFromOperator. |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | |
| 1595 | // Check whether a nearby assume intrinsic can determine some known bits. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1596 | computeKnownBitsFromAssume(V, Known, Depth, Q); |
Jingyue Wu | 12b0c28 | 2015-06-15 05:46:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1598 | assert((Known.Zero & Known.One) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?"); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | } |
| 1600 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1601 | /// Return true if the given value is known to have exactly one |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1602 | /// bit set when defined. For vectors return true if every element is known to |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1603 | /// be a power of two when defined. Supports values with integer or pointer |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | /// types and vectors of integers. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1605 | bool isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const Value *V, bool OrZero, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | const Query &Q) { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | if (const Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | if (C->isNullValue()) |
| 1609 | return OrZero; |
Sanjay Patel | e2e89ef | 2016-05-22 15:41:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | |
| 1611 | const APInt *ConstIntOrConstSplatInt; |
| 1612 | if (match(C, m_APInt(ConstIntOrConstSplatInt))) |
| 1613 | return ConstIntOrConstSplatInt->isPowerOf2(); |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1614 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | |
| 1616 | // 1 << X is clearly a power of two if the one is not shifted off the end. If |
| 1617 | // it is shifted off the end then the result is undefined. |
| 1618 | if (match(V, m_Shl(m_One(), m_Value()))) |
| 1619 | return true; |
| 1620 | |
Craig Topper | bcfd2d1 | 2017-04-20 16:56:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1621 | // (signmask) >>l X is clearly a power of two if the one is not shifted off |
| 1622 | // the bottom. If it is shifted off the bottom then the result is undefined. |
| 1623 | if (match(V, m_LShr(m_SignMask(), m_Value()))) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1624 | return true; |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit. |
| 1627 | if (Depth++ == MaxDepth) |
| 1628 | return false; |
| 1629 | |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 | Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr; |
Sanjay Patel | 41160c2 | 2015-12-30 22:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1631 | // A shift left or a logical shift right of a power of two is a power of two |
| 1632 | // or zero. |
Duncan Sands | 985ba63 | 2011-10-28 18:30:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1633 | if (OrZero && (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(X), m_Value())) || |
Sanjay Patel | 41160c2 | 2015-12-30 22:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1634 | match(V, m_LShr(m_Value(X), m_Value())))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1635 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | 985ba63 | 2011-10-28 18:30:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 | if (const ZExtInst *ZI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1638 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(ZI->getOperand(0), OrZero, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | if (const SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(SI->getTrueValue(), OrZero, Depth, Q) && |
| 1642 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(SI->getFalseValue(), OrZero, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 | |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | if (OrZero && match(V, m_And(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
| 1645 | // A power of two and'd with anything is a power of two or zero. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q) || |
| 1647 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, /*OrZero*/ true, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | ba286d7 | 2011-10-26 20:55:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1648 | return true; |
| 1649 | // X & (-X) is always a power of two or zero. |
| 1650 | if (match(X, m_Neg(m_Specific(Y))) || match(Y, m_Neg(m_Specific(X)))) |
| 1651 | return true; |
| 1652 | return false; |
| 1653 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1654 | |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1655 | // Adding a power-of-two or zero to the same power-of-two or zero yields |
| 1656 | // either the original power-of-two, a larger power-of-two or zero. |
| 1657 | if (match(V, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1658 | const OverflowingBinaryOperator *VOBO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V); |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | if (OrZero || VOBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap() || VOBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) { |
| 1660 | if (match(X, m_And(m_Specific(Y), m_Value())) || |
| 1661 | match(X, m_And(m_Value(), m_Specific(Y)))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1662 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, OrZero, Depth, Q)) |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1663 | return true; |
| 1664 | if (match(Y, m_And(m_Specific(X), m_Value())) || |
| 1665 | match(Y, m_And(m_Value(), m_Specific(X)))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, OrZero, Depth, Q)) |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1667 | return true; |
| 1668 | |
| 1669 | unsigned BitWidth = V->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | KnownBits LHSBits(BitWidth); |
| 1671 | computeKnownBits(X, LHSBits, Depth, Q); |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1672 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1673 | KnownBits RHSBits(BitWidth); |
| 1674 | computeKnownBits(Y, RHSBits, Depth, Q); |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | // If i8 V is a power of two or zero: |
| 1676 | // ZeroBits: 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 |
| 1677 | // ~ZeroBits: 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 | if ((~(LHSBits.Zero & RHSBits.Zero)).isPowerOf2()) |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | // If OrZero isn't set, we cannot give back a zero result. |
| 1680 | // Make sure either the LHS or RHS has a bit set. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 | if (OrZero || RHSBits.One.getBoolValue() || LHSBits.One.getBoolValue()) |
David Majnemer | b7d5409 | 2013-07-30 21:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | return true; |
| 1683 | } |
| 1684 | } |
David Majnemer | beab567 | 2013-05-18 19:30:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1685 | |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 | // An exact divide or right shift can only shift off zero bits, so the result |
Nick Lewycky | f0469af | 2011-03-21 21:40:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 | // is a power of two only if the first operand is a power of two and not |
| 1688 | // copying a sign bit (sdiv int_min, 2). |
Benjamin Kramer | 9442cd0 | 2012-01-01 17:55:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | if (match(V, m_Exact(m_LShr(m_Value(), m_Value()))) || |
| 1690 | match(V, m_Exact(m_UDiv(m_Value(), m_Value())))) { |
Hal Finkel | 60db058 | 2014-09-07 18:57:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | return isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(cast<Operator>(V)->getOperand(0), OrZero, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 | Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | } |
| 1694 | |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1695 | return false; |
| 1696 | } |
| 1697 | |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1698 | /// \brief Test whether a GEP's result is known to be non-null. |
| 1699 | /// |
| 1700 | /// Uses properties inherent in a GEP to try to determine whether it is known |
| 1701 | /// to be non-null. |
| 1702 | /// |
| 1703 | /// Currently this routine does not support vector GEPs. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | static bool isGEPKnownNonNull(const GEPOperator *GEP, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | const Query &Q) { |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1706 | if (!GEP->isInBounds() || GEP->getPointerAddressSpace() != 0) |
| 1707 | return false; |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | // FIXME: Support vector-GEPs. |
| 1710 | assert(GEP->getType()->isPointerTy() && "We only support plain pointer GEP"); |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | // If the base pointer is non-null, we cannot walk to a null address with an |
| 1713 | // inbounds GEP in address space zero. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | if (isKnownNonZero(GEP->getPointerOperand(), Depth, Q)) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 | return true; |
| 1716 | |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | // Walk the GEP operands and see if any operand introduces a non-zero offset. |
| 1718 | // If so, then the GEP cannot produce a null pointer, as doing so would |
| 1719 | // inherently violate the inbounds contract within address space zero. |
| 1720 | for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP), GTE = gep_type_end(GEP); |
| 1721 | GTI != GTE; ++GTI) { |
| 1722 | // Struct types are easy -- they must always be indexed by a constant. |
Peter Collingbourne | ab85225b | 2016-12-02 02:24:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1723 | if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) { |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | ConstantInt *OpC = cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand()); |
| 1725 | unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | const StructLayout *SL = Q.DL.getStructLayout(STy); |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | uint64_t ElementOffset = SL->getElementOffset(ElementIdx); |
| 1728 | if (ElementOffset > 0) |
| 1729 | return true; |
| 1730 | continue; |
| 1731 | } |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 | // If we have a zero-sized type, the index doesn't matter. Keep looping. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 | if (Q.DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) == 0) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1735 | continue; |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 | // Fast path the constant operand case both for efficiency and so we don't |
| 1738 | // increment Depth when just zipping down an all-constant GEP. |
| 1739 | if (ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand())) { |
| 1740 | if (!OpC->isZero()) |
| 1741 | return true; |
| 1742 | continue; |
| 1743 | } |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 | // We post-increment Depth here because while isKnownNonZero increments it |
| 1746 | // as well, when we pop back up that increment won't persist. We don't want |
| 1747 | // to recurse 10k times just because we have 10k GEP operands. We don't |
| 1748 | // bail completely out because we want to handle constant GEPs regardless |
| 1749 | // of depth. |
| 1750 | if (Depth++ >= MaxDepth) |
| 1751 | continue; |
| 1752 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | if (isKnownNonZero(GTI.getOperand(), Depth, Q)) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 | return true; |
| 1755 | } |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | return false; |
| 1758 | } |
| 1759 | |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 | /// Does the 'Range' metadata (which must be a valid MD_range operand list) |
| 1761 | /// ensure that the value it's attached to is never Value? 'RangeType' is |
| 1762 | /// is the type of the value described by the range. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 | static bool rangeMetadataExcludesValue(const MDNode* Ranges, const APInt& Value) { |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | const unsigned NumRanges = Ranges->getNumOperands() / 2; |
| 1765 | assert(NumRanges >= 1); |
| 1766 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 5bf8fef | 2014-12-09 18:38:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | ConstantInt *Lower = |
| 1768 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges->getOperand(2 * i + 0)); |
| 1769 | ConstantInt *Upper = |
| 1770 | mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(Ranges->getOperand(2 * i + 1)); |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue()); |
| 1772 | if (Range.contains(Value)) |
| 1773 | return false; |
| 1774 | } |
| 1775 | return true; |
| 1776 | } |
| 1777 | |
Sanjay Patel | 97e4b987 | 2017-02-12 15:35:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1778 | /// Return true if the given value is known to be non-zero when defined. For |
| 1779 | /// vectors, return true if every element is known to be non-zero when |
| 1780 | /// defined. For pointers, if the context instruction and dominator tree are |
| 1781 | /// specified, perform context-sensitive analysis and return true if the |
| 1782 | /// pointer couldn't possibly be null at the specified instruction. |
| 1783 | /// Supports values with integer or pointer type and vectors of integers. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, const Query &Q) { |
Sanjay Patel | 8ec7e7c | 2016-05-22 16:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | if (C->isNullValue()) |
| 1787 | return false; |
| 1788 | if (isa<ConstantInt>(C)) |
| 1789 | // Must be non-zero due to null test above. |
| 1790 | return true; |
Sanjay Patel | 23019d1 | 2016-05-24 14:18:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | |
| 1792 | // For constant vectors, check that all elements are undefined or known |
| 1793 | // non-zero to determine that the whole vector is known non-zero. |
| 1794 | if (auto *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(C->getType())) { |
| 1795 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = VecTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1796 | Constant *Elt = C->getAggregateElement(i); |
| 1797 | if (!Elt || Elt->isNullValue()) |
| 1798 | return false; |
| 1799 | if (!isa<UndefValue>(Elt) && !isa<ConstantInt>(Elt)) |
| 1800 | return false; |
| 1801 | } |
| 1802 | return true; |
| 1803 | } |
| 1804 | |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1805 | return false; |
| 1806 | } |
| 1807 | |
Sanjay Patel | 8ec7e7c | 2016-05-22 16:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | de36e80 | 2014-11-11 21:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1809 | if (MDNode *Ranges = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) { |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1810 | // If the possible ranges don't contain zero, then the value is |
| 1811 | // definitely non-zero. |
Sanjay Patel | 8ec7e7c | 2016-05-22 16:07:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | if (auto *Ty = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())) { |
Philip Reames | 4cb4d3e | 2014-10-30 20:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 | const APInt ZeroValue(Ty->getBitWidth(), 0); |
| 1814 | if (rangeMetadataExcludesValue(Ranges, ZeroValue)) |
| 1815 | return true; |
| 1816 | } |
| 1817 | } |
| 1818 | } |
| 1819 | |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 | // The remaining tests are all recursive, so bail out if we hit the limit. |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | if (Depth++ >= MaxDepth) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | return false; |
| 1823 | |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 | // Check for pointer simplifications. |
| 1825 | if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) { |
Sanjay Patel | 97e4b987 | 2017-02-12 15:35:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | if (isKnownNonNullAt(V, Q.CxtI, Q.DT)) |
Sanjoy Das | 6082c1a | 2016-05-07 02:08:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | return true; |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 | if (const GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 | if (isGEPKnownNonNull(GEP, Depth, Q)) |
Chandler Carruth | 80d3e56 | 2012-12-07 02:08:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1830 | return true; |
| 1831 | } |
| 1832 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | unsigned BitWidth = getBitWidth(V->getType()->getScalarType(), Q.DL); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | |
| 1835 | // X | Y != 0 if X != 0 or Y != 0. |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | if (match(V, m_Or(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) || isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | |
| 1840 | // ext X != 0 if X != 0. |
| 1841 | if (isa<SExtInst>(V) || isa<ZExtInst>(V)) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 | return isKnownNonZero(cast<Instruction>(V)->getOperand(0), Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 | |
Duncan Sands | 2e9e4f1 | 2011-01-29 13:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 | // shl X, Y != 0 if X is odd. Note that the value of the shift is undefined |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 | // if the lowest bit is shifted off the end. |
Craig Topper | 6b3940a | 2017-05-03 22:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1846 | if (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1847 | // shl nuw can't remove any non-zero bits. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 | const OverflowingBinaryOperator *BO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | if (BO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | KnownBits Known(BitWidth); |
| 1853 | computeKnownBits(X, Known, Depth, Q); |
| 1854 | if (Known.One[0]) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | return true; |
| 1856 | } |
Duncan Sands | 2e9e4f1 | 2011-01-29 13:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | // shr X, Y != 0 if X is negative. Note that the value of the shift is not |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | // defined if the sign bit is shifted off the end. |
| 1859 | else if (match(V, m_Shr(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | // shr exact can only shift out zero bits. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | const PossiblyExactOperator *BO = cast<PossiblyExactOperator>(V); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1862 | if (BO->isExact()) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1863 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(X, Depth, Q); |
| 1866 | if (Known.isNegative()) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | return true; |
James Molloy | b6be1eb | 2015-09-24 16:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | |
| 1869 | // If the shifter operand is a constant, and all of the bits shifted |
| 1870 | // out are known to be zero, and X is known non-zero then at least one |
| 1871 | // non-zero bit must remain. |
| 1872 | if (ConstantInt *Shift = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Y)) { |
James Molloy | b6be1eb | 2015-09-24 16:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1873 | auto ShiftVal = Shift->getLimitedValue(BitWidth - 1); |
| 1874 | // Is there a known one in the portion not shifted out? |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 | if (Known.countMaxLeadingZeros() < BitWidth - ShiftVal) |
James Molloy | b6be1eb | 2015-09-24 16:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | return true; |
| 1877 | // Are all the bits to be shifted out known zero? |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | if (Known.countMinTrailingZeros() >= ShiftVal) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
James Molloy | b6be1eb | 2015-09-24 16:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1881 | } |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1882 | // div exact can only produce a zero if the dividend is zero. |
Benjamin Kramer | 9442cd0 | 2012-01-01 17:55:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1883 | else if (match(V, m_Exact(m_IDiv(m_Value(X), m_Value())))) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1884 | return isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q); |
Nick Lewycky | c9aab85 | 2011-02-28 08:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | // X + Y. |
| 1887 | else if (match(V, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | KnownBits XKnown = computeKnownBits(X, Depth, Q); |
| 1889 | KnownBits YKnown = computeKnownBits(Y, Depth, Q); |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | |
| 1891 | // If X and Y are both non-negative (as signed values) then their sum is not |
Duncan Sands | 9e9d5b2 | 2011-01-25 15:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | // zero unless both X and Y are zero. |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | if (XKnown.isNonNegative() && YKnown.isNonNegative()) |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 | if (isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) || isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | 9e9d5b2 | 2011-01-25 15:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | return true; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | |
| 1897 | // If X and Y are both negative (as signed values) then their sum is not |
| 1898 | // zero unless both X and Y equal INT_MIN. |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 | if (XKnown.isNegative() && YKnown.isNegative()) { |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | APInt Mask = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); |
| 1901 | // The sign bit of X is set. If some other bit is set then X is not equal |
| 1902 | // to INT_MIN. |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 | if (XKnown.One.intersects(Mask)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | return true; |
| 1905 | // The sign bit of Y is set. If some other bit is set then Y is not equal |
| 1906 | // to INT_MIN. |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1907 | if (YKnown.One.intersects(Mask)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | return true; |
| 1909 | } |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | // The sum of a non-negative number and a power of two is not zero. |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | if (XKnown.isNonNegative() && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Y, /*OrZero*/ false, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1914 | return true; |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | if (YKnown.isNonNegative() && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, /*OrZero*/ false, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 | return true; |
| 1918 | } |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 | // X * Y. |
| 1920 | else if (match(V, m_Mul(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | const OverflowingBinaryOperator *BO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(V); |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 | // If X and Y are non-zero then so is X * Y as long as the multiplication |
| 1923 | // does not overflow. |
| 1924 | if ((BO->hasNoSignedWrap() || BO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) && |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | isKnownNonZero(X, Depth, Q) && isKnownNonZero(Y, Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | 7cb61e5 | 2011-10-27 19:16:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 | return true; |
| 1927 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1928 | // (C ? X : Y) != 0 if X != 0 and Y != 0. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1929 | else if (const SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 | if (isKnownNonZero(SI->getTrueValue(), Depth, Q) && |
| 1931 | isKnownNonZero(SI->getFalseValue(), Depth, Q)) |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 | return true; |
| 1933 | } |
James Molloy | 897048b | 2015-09-29 14:08:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | // PHI |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | else if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) { |
James Molloy | 897048b | 2015-09-29 14:08:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1936 | // Try and detect a recurrence that monotonically increases from a |
| 1937 | // starting value, as these are common as induction variables. |
| 1938 | if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) { |
| 1939 | Value *Start = PN->getIncomingValue(0); |
| 1940 | Value *Induction = PN->getIncomingValue(1); |
| 1941 | if (isa<ConstantInt>(Induction) && !isa<ConstantInt>(Start)) |
| 1942 | std::swap(Start, Induction); |
| 1943 | if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Start)) { |
| 1944 | if (!C->isZero() && !C->isNegative()) { |
| 1945 | ConstantInt *X; |
| 1946 | if ((match(Induction, m_NSWAdd(m_Specific(PN), m_ConstantInt(X))) || |
| 1947 | match(Induction, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(PN), m_ConstantInt(X)))) && |
| 1948 | !X->isNegative()) |
| 1949 | return true; |
| 1950 | } |
| 1951 | } |
| 1952 | } |
Jun Bum Lim | ca83266 | 2016-02-01 17:03:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 | // Check if all incoming values are non-zero constant. |
| 1954 | bool AllNonZeroConstants = all_of(PN->operands(), [](Value *V) { |
| 1955 | return isa<ConstantInt>(V) && !cast<ConstantInt>(V)->isZeroValue(); |
| 1956 | }); |
| 1957 | if (AllNonZeroConstants) |
| 1958 | return true; |
James Molloy | 897048b | 2015-09-29 14:08:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1959 | } |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1960 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1961 | KnownBits Known(BitWidth); |
| 1962 | computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q); |
| 1963 | return Known.One != 0; |
Duncan Sands | d395108 | 2011-01-25 09:38:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1964 | } |
| 1965 | |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | /// Return true if V2 == V1 + X, where X is known non-zero. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1967 | static bool isAddOfNonZero(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, const Query &Q) { |
| 1968 | const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(V1); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1969 | if (!BO || BO->getOpcode() != Instruction::Add) |
| 1970 | return false; |
| 1971 | Value *Op = nullptr; |
| 1972 | if (V2 == BO->getOperand(0)) |
| 1973 | Op = BO->getOperand(1); |
| 1974 | else if (V2 == BO->getOperand(1)) |
| 1975 | Op = BO->getOperand(0); |
| 1976 | else |
| 1977 | return false; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | return isKnownNonZero(Op, 0, Q); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | } |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 | /// Return true if it is known that V1 != V2. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1982 | static bool isKnownNonEqual(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, const Query &Q) { |
Craig Topper | 3002d5b | 2017-06-06 07:13:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 | if (V1 == V2) |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | return false; |
| 1985 | if (V1->getType() != V2->getType()) |
| 1986 | // We can't look through casts yet. |
| 1987 | return false; |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | if (isAddOfNonZero(V1, V2, Q) || isAddOfNonZero(V2, V1, Q)) |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | return true; |
| 1990 | |
Craig Topper | 3002d5b | 2017-06-06 07:13:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 | if (V1->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy()) { |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | // Are any known bits in V1 contradictory to known bits in V2? If V1 |
| 1993 | // has a known zero where V2 has a known one, they must not be equal. |
Craig Topper | 8e662f7 | 2017-06-06 07:13:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | KnownBits Known1 = computeKnownBits(V1, 0, Q); |
| 1995 | KnownBits Known2 = computeKnownBits(V2, 0, Q); |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1996 | |
Craig Topper | 8365df8 | 2017-06-06 07:13:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | if (Known1.Zero.intersects(Known2.One) || |
| 1998 | Known2.Zero.intersects(Known1.One)) |
James Molloy | 1d88d6f | 2015-10-22 13:18:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | return true; |
| 2000 | } |
| 2001 | return false; |
| 2002 | } |
| 2003 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 | /// Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use this predicate to |
| 2005 | /// simplify operations downstream. Mask is known to be zero for bits that V |
| 2006 | /// cannot have. |
Chris Lattner | 4bc2825 | 2009-09-08 00:06:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2007 | /// |
| 2008 | /// This function is defined on values with integer type, values with pointer |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2009 | /// type, and vectors of integers. In the case |
Chris Lattner | 4bc2825 | 2009-09-08 00:06:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 | /// where V is a vector, the mask, known zero, and known one values are the |
| 2011 | /// same width as the vector element, and the bit is set only if it is true |
| 2012 | /// for all of the elements in the vector. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | bool MaskedValueIsZero(const Value *V, const APInt &Mask, unsigned Depth, |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | const Query &Q) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | KnownBits Known(Mask.getBitWidth()); |
| 2016 | computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q); |
| 2017 | return Mask.isSubsetOf(Known.Zero); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2018 | } |
| 2019 | |
Sanjay Patel | a06d989 | 2016-06-22 19:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | /// For vector constants, loop over the elements and find the constant with the |
| 2021 | /// minimum number of sign bits. Return 0 if the value is not a vector constant |
| 2022 | /// or if any element was not analyzed; otherwise, return the count for the |
| 2023 | /// element with the minimum number of sign bits. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 | static unsigned computeNumSignBitsVectorConstant(const Value *V, |
| 2025 | unsigned TyBits) { |
| 2026 | const auto *CV = dyn_cast<Constant>(V); |
Sanjay Patel | a06d989 | 2016-06-22 19:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | if (!CV || !CV->getType()->isVectorTy()) |
| 2028 | return 0; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2029 | |
Sanjay Patel | a06d989 | 2016-06-22 19:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2030 | unsigned MinSignBits = TyBits; |
| 2031 | unsigned NumElts = CV->getType()->getVectorNumElements(); |
| 2032 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { |
| 2033 | // If we find a non-ConstantInt, bail out. |
| 2034 | auto *Elt = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(CV->getAggregateElement(i)); |
| 2035 | if (!Elt) |
| 2036 | return 0; |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | // If the sign bit is 1, flip the bits, so we always count leading zeros. |
| 2039 | APInt EltVal = Elt->getValue(); |
| 2040 | if (EltVal.isNegative()) |
| 2041 | EltVal = ~EltVal; |
| 2042 | MinSignBits = std::min(MinSignBits, EltVal.countLeadingZeros()); |
| 2043 | } |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 | return MinSignBits; |
| 2046 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 | |
Sanjoy Das | 39a684d | 2017-02-25 20:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | static unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsImpl(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, |
| 2049 | const Query &Q); |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 | static unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, |
| 2052 | const Query &Q) { |
| 2053 | unsigned Result = ComputeNumSignBitsImpl(V, Depth, Q); |
| 2054 | assert(Result > 0 && "At least one sign bit needs to be present!"); |
| 2055 | return Result; |
| 2056 | } |
| 2057 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2058 | /// Return the number of times the sign bit of the register is replicated into |
| 2059 | /// the other bits. We know that at least 1 bit is always equal to the sign bit |
| 2060 | /// (itself), but other cases can give us information. For example, immediately |
| 2061 | /// after an "ashr X, 2", we know that the top 3 bits are all equal to each |
Sanjay Patel | a06d989 | 2016-06-22 19:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | /// other, so we return 3. For vectors, return the number of sign bits for the |
| 2063 | /// vector element with the mininum number of known sign bits. |
Sanjoy Das | 39a684d | 2017-02-25 20:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 | static unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsImpl(const Value *V, unsigned Depth, |
| 2065 | const Query &Q) { |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | // We return the minimum number of sign bits that are guaranteed to be present |
| 2068 | // in V, so for undef we have to conservatively return 1. We don't have the |
| 2069 | // same behavior for poison though -- that's a FIXME today. |
| 2070 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | unsigned TyBits = Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()->getScalarType()); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | unsigned Tmp, Tmp2; |
| 2073 | unsigned FirstAnswer = 1; |
| 2074 | |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2075 | // Note that ConstantInt is handled by the general computeKnownBits case |
Chris Lattner | 2e01a69 | 2008-06-02 18:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | // below. |
| 2077 | |
Matt Arsenault | cb2a7eb | 2016-12-20 19:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2078 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | return 1; // Limit search depth. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2081 | const Operator *U = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | switch (Operator::getOpcode(V)) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2083 | default: break; |
| 2084 | case Instruction::SExt: |
Mon P Wang | bb3eac9 | 2009-12-02 04:59:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2085 | Tmp = TyBits - U->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | return ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q) + Tmp; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | case Instruction::SDiv: { |
Nadav Rotem | 029c5c7 | 2015-03-03 21:39:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 | const APInt *Denominator; |
| 2090 | // sdiv X, C -> adds log(C) sign bits. |
| 2091 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator))) { |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 | // Ignore non-positive denominator. |
| 2094 | if (!Denominator->isStrictlyPositive()) |
| 2095 | break; |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | // Calculate the incoming numerator bits. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | unsigned NumBits = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Nadav Rotem | 029c5c7 | 2015-03-03 21:39:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | |
| 2100 | // Add floor(log(C)) bits to the numerator bits. |
| 2101 | return std::min(TyBits, NumBits + Denominator->logBase2()); |
| 2102 | } |
| 2103 | break; |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | } |
| 2105 | |
| 2106 | case Instruction::SRem: { |
| 2107 | const APInt *Denominator; |
Sanjoy Das | e561fee | 2015-03-25 22:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | // srem X, C -> we know that the result is within [-C+1,C) when C is a |
| 2109 | // positive constant. This let us put a lower bound on the number of sign |
| 2110 | // bits. |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator))) { |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 | // Ignore non-positive denominator. |
| 2114 | if (!Denominator->isStrictlyPositive()) |
| 2115 | break; |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | // Calculate the incoming numerator bits. SRem by a positive constant |
| 2118 | // can't lower the number of sign bits. |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2119 | unsigned NumrBits = |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2120 | ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2121 | |
| 2122 | // Calculate the leading sign bit constraints by examining the |
Sanjoy Das | e561fee | 2015-03-25 22:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2123 | // denominator. Given that the denominator is positive, there are two |
| 2124 | // cases: |
| 2125 | // |
| 2126 | // 1. the numerator is positive. The result range is [0,C) and [0,C) u< |
| 2127 | // (1 << ceilLogBase2(C)). |
| 2128 | // |
| 2129 | // 2. the numerator is negative. Then the result range is (-C,0] and |
| 2130 | // integers in (-C,0] are either 0 or >u (-1 << ceilLogBase2(C)). |
| 2131 | // |
| 2132 | // Thus a lower bound on the number of sign bits is `TyBits - |
| 2133 | // ceilLogBase2(C)`. |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2134 | |
Sanjoy Das | e561fee | 2015-03-25 22:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | unsigned ResBits = TyBits - Denominator->ceilLogBase2(); |
Nadav Rotem | c99a387 | 2015-03-06 00:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | return std::max(NumrBits, ResBits); |
| 2137 | } |
| 2138 | break; |
| 2139 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 029c5c7 | 2015-03-03 21:39:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2140 | |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2141 | case Instruction::AShr: { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2142 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2143 | // ashr X, C -> adds C sign bits. Vectors too. |
| 2144 | const APInt *ShAmt; |
| 2145 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(ShAmt))) { |
Sanjoy Das | 39a684d | 2017-02-25 20:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2146 | unsigned ShAmtLimited = ShAmt->getZExtValue(); |
| 2147 | if (ShAmtLimited >= TyBits) |
| 2148 | break; // Bad shift. |
| 2149 | Tmp += ShAmtLimited; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | if (Tmp > TyBits) Tmp = TyBits; |
| 2151 | } |
| 2152 | return Tmp; |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 | } |
| 2154 | case Instruction::Shl: { |
| 2155 | const APInt *ShAmt; |
| 2156 | if (match(U->getOperand(1), m_APInt(ShAmt))) { |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2157 | // shl destroys sign bits. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 | Tmp2 = ShAmt->getZExtValue(); |
| 2160 | if (Tmp2 >= TyBits || // Bad shift. |
| 2161 | Tmp2 >= Tmp) break; // Shifted all sign bits out. |
| 2162 | return Tmp - Tmp2; |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2163 | } |
| 2164 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 61a1d6c | 2012-01-26 21:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2165 | } |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2166 | case Instruction::And: |
| 2167 | case Instruction::Or: |
| 2168 | case Instruction::Xor: // NOT is handled here. |
| 2169 | // Logical binary ops preserve the number of sign bits at the worst. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | if (Tmp != 1) { |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2172 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 | FirstAnswer = std::min(Tmp, Tmp2); |
| 2174 | // We computed what we know about the sign bits as our first |
| 2175 | // answer. Now proceed to the generic code that uses |
Jay Foad | a0653a3 | 2014-05-14 21:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2176 | // computeKnownBits, and pick whichever answer is better. |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2177 | } |
| 2178 | break; |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | case Instruction::Select: |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2181 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2182 | if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(2), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 | return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2185 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2186 | case Instruction::Add: |
| 2187 | // Add can have at most one carry bit. Thus we know that the output |
| 2188 | // is, at worst, one more bit than the inputs. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 | if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2191 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | // Special case decrementing a value (ADD X, -1): |
David Majnemer | a55027f | 2014-12-26 09:20:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | if (const auto *CRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(U->getOperand(1))) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2194 | if (CRHS->isAllOnesValue()) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2195 | KnownBits Known(TyBits); |
| 2196 | computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(0), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2197 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | // If the input is known to be 0 or 1, the output is 0/-1, which is all |
| 2199 | // sign bits set. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | if ((Known.Zero | 1).isAllOnesValue()) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2201 | return TyBits; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2202 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2203 | // If we are subtracting one from a positive number, there is no carry |
| 2204 | // out of the result. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 | if (Known.isNonNegative()) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | return Tmp; |
| 2207 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2208 | |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | if (Tmp2 == 1) return 1; |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2)-1; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2213 | case Instruction::Sub: |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 | Tmp2 = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(1), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2215 | if (Tmp2 == 1) return 1; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2217 | // Handle NEG. |
David Majnemer | a55027f | 2014-12-26 09:20:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | if (const auto *CLHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(U->getOperand(0))) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 | if (CLHS->isNullValue()) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | KnownBits Known(TyBits); |
| 2221 | computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(1), Known, Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | // If the input is known to be 0 or 1, the output is 0/-1, which is all |
| 2223 | // sign bits set. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | if ((Known.Zero | 1).isAllOnesValue()) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 | return TyBits; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | // If the input is known to be positive (the sign bit is known clear), |
| 2228 | // the output of the NEG has the same number of sign bits as the input. |
Craig Topper | ca48af3 | 2017-04-29 16:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | if (Known.isNonNegative()) |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | return Tmp2; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | // Otherwise, we treat this like a SUB. |
| 2233 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | // Sub can have at most one carry bit. Thus we know that the output |
| 2236 | // is, at worst, one more bit than the inputs. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2237 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 | if (Tmp == 1) return 1; // Early out. |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | return std::min(Tmp, Tmp2)-1; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | case Instruction::PHI: { |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | const PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(U); |
David Majnemer | 6ee8d17 | 2015-01-04 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | unsigned NumIncomingValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | // Don't analyze large in-degree PHIs. |
David Majnemer | 6ee8d17 | 2015-01-04 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | if (NumIncomingValues > 4) break; |
| 2246 | // Unreachable blocks may have zero-operand PHI nodes. |
| 2247 | if (NumIncomingValues == 0) break; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | // Take the minimum of all incoming values. This can't infinitely loop |
| 2250 | // because of our depth threshold. |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | Tmp = ComputeNumSignBits(PN->getIncomingValue(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
David Majnemer | 6ee8d17 | 2015-01-04 07:06:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = NumIncomingValues; i != e; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | if (Tmp == 1) return Tmp; |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | Tmp = std::min( |
Matthias Braun | feb81bc | 2016-01-15 22:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | Tmp, ComputeNumSignBits(PN->getIncomingValue(i), Depth + 1, Q)); |
Chris Lattner | 35d3b9d | 2010-01-07 23:44:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 | } |
| 2257 | return Tmp; |
| 2258 | } |
| 2259 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2260 | case Instruction::Trunc: |
| 2261 | // FIXME: it's tricky to do anything useful for this, but it is an important |
| 2262 | // case for targets like X86. |
| 2263 | break; |
Bjorn Pettersson | 3961603 | 2016-10-06 09:56:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | |
| 2265 | case Instruction::ExtractElement: |
| 2266 | // Look through extract element. At the moment we keep this simple and skip |
| 2267 | // tracking the specific element. But at least we might find information |
| 2268 | // valid for all elements of the vector (for example if vector is sign |
| 2269 | // extended, shifted, etc). |
| 2270 | return ComputeNumSignBits(U->getOperand(0), Depth + 1, Q); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2271 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2272 | |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 | // Finally, if we can prove that the top bits of the result are 0's or 1's, |
| 2274 | // use this information. |
Sanjay Patel | a06d989 | 2016-06-22 19:20:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2275 | |
| 2276 | // If we can examine all elements of a vector constant successfully, we're |
| 2277 | // done (we can't do any better than that). If not, keep trying. |
| 2278 | if (unsigned VecSignBits = computeNumSignBitsVectorConstant(V, TyBits)) |
| 2279 | return VecSignBits; |
| 2280 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 | KnownBits Known(TyBits); |
| 2282 | computeKnownBits(V, Known, Depth, Q); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | |
Sanjay Patel | e053621 | 2016-06-23 17:41:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | // If we know that the sign bit is either zero or one, determine the number of |
| 2285 | // identical bits in the top of the input value. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 | return std::max(FirstAnswer, Known.countMinSignBits()); |
Chris Lattner | 965c769 | 2008-06-02 01:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2287 | } |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | /// This function computes the integer multiple of Base that equals V. |
| 2290 | /// If successful, it returns true and returns the multiple in |
| 2291 | /// Multiple. If unsuccessful, it returns false. It looks |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2292 | /// through SExt instructions only if LookThroughSExt is true. |
| 2293 | bool llvm::ComputeMultiple(Value *V, unsigned Base, Value *&Multiple, |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | bool LookThroughSExt, unsigned Depth) { |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | const unsigned MaxDepth = 6; |
| 2296 | |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2297 | assert(V && "No Value?"); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Limit Search Depth"); |
Duncan Sands | 9dff9be | 2010-02-15 16:12:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 | assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() && "Not integer or pointer type!"); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 | |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | Type *T = V->getType(); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 | |
| 2305 | if (Base == 0) |
| 2306 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2307 | |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 | if (Base == 1) { |
| 2309 | Multiple = V; |
| 2310 | return true; |
| 2311 | } |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 | ConstantExpr *CO = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V); |
| 2314 | Constant *BaseVal = ConstantInt::get(T, Base); |
| 2315 | if (CO && CO == BaseVal) { |
| 2316 | // Multiple is 1. |
| 2317 | Multiple = ConstantInt::get(T, 1); |
| 2318 | return true; |
| 2319 | } |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 | if (CI && CI->getZExtValue() % Base == 0) { |
| 2322 | Multiple = ConstantInt::get(T, CI->getZExtValue() / Base); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | return true; |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) return false; // Limit search depth. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
| 2329 | if (!I) return false; |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
| 2332 | default: break; |
Chris Lattner | 4f0b47d | 2009-11-26 01:50:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | case Instruction::SExt: |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 | if (!LookThroughSExt) return false; |
| 2335 | // otherwise fall through to ZExt |
Galina Kistanova | 244621f | 2017-05-31 22:16:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
Chris Lattner | 4f0b47d | 2009-11-26 01:50:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | case Instruction::ZExt: |
Dan Gohman | 6a976bb | 2009-11-18 00:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | return ComputeMultiple(I->getOperand(0), Base, Multiple, |
| 2339 | LookThroughSExt, Depth+1); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 | case Instruction::Shl: |
| 2341 | case Instruction::Mul: { |
| 2342 | Value *Op0 = I->getOperand(0); |
| 2343 | Value *Op1 = I->getOperand(1); |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 | if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) { |
| 2346 | ConstantInt *Op1CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1); |
| 2347 | if (!Op1CI) return false; |
| 2348 | // Turn Op0 << Op1 into Op0 * 2^Op1 |
| 2349 | APInt Op1Int = Op1CI->getValue(); |
| 2350 | uint64_t BitToSet = Op1Int.getLimitedValue(Op1Int.getBitWidth() - 1); |
Jay Foad | 15084f0 | 2010-11-30 09:02:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 | APInt API(Op1Int.getBitWidth(), 0); |
Jay Foad | 25a5e4c | 2010-12-01 08:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | API.setBit(BitToSet); |
Jay Foad | 15084f0 | 2010-11-30 09:02:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | Op1 = ConstantInt::get(V->getContext(), API); |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2354 | } |
| 2355 | |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | Value *Mul0 = nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | if (ComputeMultiple(Op0, Base, Mul0, LookThroughSExt, Depth+1)) { |
| 2358 | if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) |
| 2359 | if (Constant *MulC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Mul0)) { |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 | if (Op1C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() < |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2362 | Op1C = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op1C, MulC->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2363 | if (Op1C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() > |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2365 | MulC = ConstantExpr::getZExt(MulC, Op1C->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2366 | |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2367 | // V == Base * (Mul0 * Op1), so return (Mul0 * Op1) |
| 2368 | Multiple = ConstantExpr::getMul(MulC, Op1C); |
| 2369 | return true; |
| 2370 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2371 | |
| 2372 | if (ConstantInt *Mul0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Mul0)) |
| 2373 | if (Mul0CI->getValue() == 1) { |
| 2374 | // V == Base * Op1, so return Op1 |
| 2375 | Multiple = Op1; |
| 2376 | return true; |
| 2377 | } |
| 2378 | } |
| 2379 | |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2380 | Value *Mul1 = nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | if (ComputeMultiple(Op1, Base, Mul1, LookThroughSExt, Depth+1)) { |
| 2382 | if (Constant *Op0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0)) |
| 2383 | if (Constant *MulC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Mul1)) { |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 | if (Op0C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() < |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2386 | Op0C = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op0C, MulC->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 | if (Op0C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() > |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 | MulC->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) |
| 2389 | MulC = ConstantExpr::getZExt(MulC, Op0C->getType()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | |
Chris Lattner | 72d283c | 2010-09-05 17:20:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | // V == Base * (Mul1 * Op0), so return (Mul1 * Op0) |
| 2392 | Multiple = ConstantExpr::getMul(MulC, Op0C); |
| 2393 | return true; |
| 2394 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | |
| 2396 | if (ConstantInt *Mul1CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Mul1)) |
| 2397 | if (Mul1CI->getValue() == 1) { |
| 2398 | // V == Base * Op0, so return Op0 |
| 2399 | Multiple = Op0; |
| 2400 | return true; |
| 2401 | } |
| 2402 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 4744488 | 2009-11-10 08:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | } |
| 2404 | } |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | // We could not determine if V is a multiple of Base. |
| 2407 | return false; |
| 2408 | } |
| 2409 | |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | Intrinsic::ID llvm::getIntrinsicForCallSite(ImmutableCallSite ICS, |
| 2411 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
| 2412 | const Function *F = ICS.getCalledFunction(); |
| 2413 | if (!F) |
| 2414 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 | if (F->isIntrinsic()) |
| 2417 | return F->getIntrinsicID(); |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | if (!TLI) |
| 2420 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2421 | |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 | LibFunc Func; |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | // We're going to make assumptions on the semantics of the functions, check |
| 2424 | // that the target knows that it's available in this environment and it does |
| 2425 | // not have local linkage. |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | if (!F || F->hasLocalLinkage() || !TLI->getLibFunc(*F, Func)) |
| 2427 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 | if (!ICS.onlyReadsMemory()) |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 | // Otherwise check if we have a call to a function that can be turned into a |
| 2433 | // vector intrinsic. |
| 2434 | switch (Func) { |
| 2435 | default: |
| 2436 | break; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | case LibFunc_sin: |
| 2438 | case LibFunc_sinf: |
| 2439 | case LibFunc_sinl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2440 | return Intrinsic::sin; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2441 | case LibFunc_cos: |
| 2442 | case LibFunc_cosf: |
| 2443 | case LibFunc_cosl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 | return Intrinsic::cos; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | case LibFunc_exp: |
| 2446 | case LibFunc_expf: |
| 2447 | case LibFunc_expl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | return Intrinsic::exp; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | case LibFunc_exp2: |
| 2450 | case LibFunc_exp2f: |
| 2451 | case LibFunc_exp2l: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 | return Intrinsic::exp2; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | case LibFunc_log: |
| 2454 | case LibFunc_logf: |
| 2455 | case LibFunc_logl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2456 | return Intrinsic::log; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | case LibFunc_log10: |
| 2458 | case LibFunc_log10f: |
| 2459 | case LibFunc_log10l: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | return Intrinsic::log10; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 | case LibFunc_log2: |
| 2462 | case LibFunc_log2f: |
| 2463 | case LibFunc_log2l: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | return Intrinsic::log2; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 | case LibFunc_fabs: |
| 2466 | case LibFunc_fabsf: |
| 2467 | case LibFunc_fabsl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2468 | return Intrinsic::fabs; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2469 | case LibFunc_fmin: |
| 2470 | case LibFunc_fminf: |
| 2471 | case LibFunc_fminl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | return Intrinsic::minnum; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | case LibFunc_fmax: |
| 2474 | case LibFunc_fmaxf: |
| 2475 | case LibFunc_fmaxl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2476 | return Intrinsic::maxnum; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2477 | case LibFunc_copysign: |
| 2478 | case LibFunc_copysignf: |
| 2479 | case LibFunc_copysignl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 | return Intrinsic::copysign; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 | case LibFunc_floor: |
| 2482 | case LibFunc_floorf: |
| 2483 | case LibFunc_floorl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 | return Intrinsic::floor; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | case LibFunc_ceil: |
| 2486 | case LibFunc_ceilf: |
| 2487 | case LibFunc_ceill: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2488 | return Intrinsic::ceil; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2489 | case LibFunc_trunc: |
| 2490 | case LibFunc_truncf: |
| 2491 | case LibFunc_truncl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2492 | return Intrinsic::trunc; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 | case LibFunc_rint: |
| 2494 | case LibFunc_rintf: |
| 2495 | case LibFunc_rintl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2496 | return Intrinsic::rint; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | case LibFunc_nearbyint: |
| 2498 | case LibFunc_nearbyintf: |
| 2499 | case LibFunc_nearbyintl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2500 | return Intrinsic::nearbyint; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | case LibFunc_round: |
| 2502 | case LibFunc_roundf: |
| 2503 | case LibFunc_roundl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2504 | return Intrinsic::round; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2505 | case LibFunc_pow: |
| 2506 | case LibFunc_powf: |
| 2507 | case LibFunc_powl: |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2508 | return Intrinsic::pow; |
David L. Jones | d21529f | 2017-01-23 23:16:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 | case LibFunc_sqrt: |
| 2510 | case LibFunc_sqrtf: |
| 2511 | case LibFunc_sqrtl: |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2512 | if (ICS->hasNoNaNs()) |
Ahmed Bougacha | d765a82 | 2016-04-27 19:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2513 | return Intrinsic::sqrt; |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2514 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2515 | } |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 | return Intrinsic::not_intrinsic; |
| 2518 | } |
| 2519 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2520 | /// Return true if we can prove that the specified FP value is never equal to |
| 2521 | /// -0.0. |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | /// |
| 2523 | /// NOTE: this function will need to be revisited when we support non-default |
| 2524 | /// rounding modes! |
| 2525 | /// |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 | bool llvm::CannotBeNegativeZero(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, |
| 2527 | unsigned Depth) { |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 | if (const ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
| 2529 | return !CFP->getValueAPF().isNegZero(); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2530 | |
Matt Arsenault | cb2a7eb | 2016-12-20 19:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2531 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
Sanjay Patel | 40eaa8d | 2015-02-25 18:00:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | return false; // Limit search depth. |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 | |
Dan Gohman | 80ca01c | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2534 | const Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 | if (!I) return false; |
Michael Ilseman | 0f12837 | 2012-12-06 00:07:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | |
| 2537 | // Check if the nsz fast-math flag is set |
| 2538 | if (const FPMathOperator *FPO = dyn_cast<FPMathOperator>(I)) |
| 2539 | if (FPO->hasNoSignedZeros()) |
| 2540 | return true; |
| 2541 | |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2542 | // (add x, 0.0) is guaranteed to return +0.0, not -0.0. |
Jakub Staszak | b7129f2 | 2013-03-06 00:16:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2543 | if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FAdd) |
| 2544 | if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(I->getOperand(1))) |
| 2545 | if (CFP->isNullValue()) |
| 2546 | return true; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | // sitofp and uitofp turn into +0.0 for zero. |
| 2549 | if (isa<SIToFPInst>(I) || isa<UIToFPInst>(I)) |
| 2550 | return true; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 | |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2552 | if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) { |
David Majnemer | b4b2723 | 2016-04-19 19:10:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | Intrinsic::ID IID = getIntrinsicForCallSite(CI, TLI); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | switch (IID) { |
| 2555 | default: |
| 2556 | break; |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 | // sqrt(-0.0) = -0.0, no other negative results are possible. |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 | case Intrinsic::sqrt: |
| 2559 | return CannotBeNegativeZero(CI->getArgOperand(0), TLI, Depth + 1); |
| 2560 | // fabs(x) != -0.0 |
| 2561 | case Intrinsic::fabs: |
| 2562 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | } |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 | |
Chris Lattner | a12a6de | 2008-06-02 01:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2566 | return false; |
| 2567 | } |
| 2568 | |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 | /// If \p SignBitOnly is true, test for a known 0 sign bit rather than a |
| 2570 | /// standard ordered compare. e.g. make -0.0 olt 0.0 be true because of the sign |
| 2571 | /// bit despite comparing equal. |
| 2572 | static bool cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(const Value *V, |
| 2573 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, |
| 2574 | bool SignBitOnly, |
| 2575 | unsigned Depth) { |
Justin Lebar | 322c127 | 2017-01-27 00:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2576 | // TODO: This function does not do the right thing when SignBitOnly is true |
| 2577 | // and we're lowering to a hypothetical IEEE 754-compliant-but-evil platform |
| 2578 | // which flips the sign bits of NaNs. See |
| 2579 | // https://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=31702. |
| 2580 | |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | if (const ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) { |
| 2582 | return !CFP->getValueAPF().isNegative() || |
| 2583 | (!SignBitOnly && CFP->getValueAPF().isZero()); |
| 2584 | } |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2585 | |
Matt Arsenault | cb2a7eb | 2016-12-20 19:06:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2586 | if (Depth == MaxDepth) |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2587 | return false; // Limit search depth. |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2588 | |
| 2589 | const Operator *I = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2590 | if (!I) |
| 2591 | return false; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2592 | |
| 2593 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2594 | default: |
| 2595 | break; |
Fiona Glaser | db7824f | 2016-01-12 23:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2596 | // Unsigned integers are always nonnegative. |
| 2597 | case Instruction::UIToFP: |
| 2598 | return true; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 | case Instruction::FMul: |
| 2600 | // x*x is always non-negative or a NaN. |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | if (I->getOperand(0) == I->getOperand(1) && |
| 2602 | (!SignBitOnly || cast<FPMathOperator>(I)->hasNoNaNs())) |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | return true; |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | |
Justin Bogner | cd1d5aa | 2016-08-17 20:30:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | case Instruction::FAdd: |
| 2607 | case Instruction::FDiv: |
| 2608 | case Instruction::FRem: |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2609 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2610 | Depth + 1) && |
| 2611 | cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2612 | Depth + 1); |
Fiona Glaser | db7824f | 2016-01-12 23:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2613 | case Instruction::Select: |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2615 | Depth + 1) && |
| 2616 | cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(2), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2617 | Depth + 1); |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | case Instruction::FPExt: |
| 2619 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: |
| 2620 | // Widening/narrowing never change sign. |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2622 | Depth + 1); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | case Instruction::Call: |
Justin Lebar | 7e3184c | 2017-01-26 00:10:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 | const auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(I); |
| 2625 | Intrinsic::ID IID = getIntrinsicForCallSite(CI, TLI); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 | switch (IID) { |
| 2627 | default: |
| 2628 | break; |
| 2629 | case Intrinsic::maxnum: |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2631 | Depth + 1) || |
| 2632 | cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2633 | Depth + 1); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2634 | case Intrinsic::minnum: |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2636 | Depth + 1) && |
| 2637 | cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(1), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2638 | Depth + 1); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2639 | case Intrinsic::exp: |
| 2640 | case Intrinsic::exp2: |
| 2641 | case Intrinsic::fabs: |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2642 | return true; |
Justin Lebar | 7e3184c | 2017-01-26 00:10:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | |
| 2644 | case Intrinsic::sqrt: |
| 2645 | // sqrt(x) is always >= -0 or NaN. Moreover, sqrt(x) == -0 iff x == -0. |
| 2646 | if (!SignBitOnly) |
| 2647 | return true; |
| 2648 | return CI->hasNoNaNs() && (CI->hasNoSignedZeros() || |
| 2649 | CannotBeNegativeZero(CI->getOperand(0), TLI)); |
| 2650 | |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2651 | case Intrinsic::powi: |
Justin Lebar | 7e3184c | 2017-01-26 00:10:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 | if (ConstantInt *Exponent = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2653 | // powi(x,n) is non-negative if n is even. |
Justin Lebar | 7e3184c | 2017-01-26 00:10:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | if (Exponent->getBitWidth() <= 64 && Exponent->getSExtValue() % 2u == 0) |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2655 | return true; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2656 | } |
Justin Lebar | 322c127 | 2017-01-27 00:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | // TODO: This is not correct. Given that exp is an integer, here are the |
| 2658 | // ways that pow can return a negative value: |
| 2659 | // |
| 2660 | // pow(x, exp) --> negative if exp is odd and x is negative. |
| 2661 | // pow(-0, exp) --> -inf if exp is negative odd. |
| 2662 | // pow(-0, exp) --> -0 if exp is positive odd. |
| 2663 | // pow(-inf, exp) --> -0 if exp is negative odd. |
| 2664 | // pow(-inf, exp) --> -inf if exp is positive odd. |
| 2665 | // |
| 2666 | // Therefore, if !SignBitOnly, we can return true if x >= +0 or x is NaN, |
| 2667 | // but we must return false if x == -0. Unfortunately we do not currently |
| 2668 | // have a way of expressing this constraint. See details in |
| 2669 | // https://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=31702. |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(0), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2671 | Depth + 1); |
Justin Lebar | 322c127 | 2017-01-27 00:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | case Intrinsic::fma: |
| 2674 | case Intrinsic::fmuladd: |
| 2675 | // x*x+y is non-negative if y is non-negative. |
| 2676 | return I->getOperand(0) == I->getOperand(1) && |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2677 | (!SignBitOnly || cast<FPMathOperator>(I)->hasNoNaNs()) && |
| 2678 | cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(I->getOperand(2), TLI, SignBitOnly, |
| 2679 | Depth + 1); |
David Majnemer | 3ee5f34 | 2016-04-13 06:55:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | } |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 | break; |
| 2682 | } |
Sanjoy Das | 6082c1a | 2016-05-07 02:08:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2683 | return false; |
Elena Demikhovsky | 45f0448 | 2015-01-28 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 | } |
| 2685 | |
Matt Arsenault | 1e0edbf | 2017-01-11 00:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2686 | bool llvm::CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero(const Value *V, |
| 2687 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
| 2688 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(V, TLI, false, 0); |
| 2689 | } |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 | bool llvm::SignBitMustBeZero(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { |
| 2692 | return cannotBeOrderedLessThanZeroImpl(V, TLI, true, 0); |
| 2693 | } |
| 2694 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 | /// If the specified value can be set by repeating the same byte in memory, |
| 2696 | /// return the i8 value that it is represented with. This is |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | /// true for all i8 values obviously, but is also true for i32 0, i32 -1, |
| 2698 | /// i16 0xF0F0, double 0.0 etc. If the value can't be handled with a repeated |
| 2699 | /// byte store (e.g. i16 0x1234), return null. |
| 2700 | Value *llvm::isBytewiseValue(Value *V) { |
| 2701 | // All byte-wide stores are splatable, even of arbitrary variables. |
| 2702 | if (V->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) return V; |
Chris Lattner | acf6b07 | 2011-02-19 19:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2703 | |
| 2704 | // Handle 'null' ConstantArrayZero etc. |
| 2705 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) |
| 2706 | if (C->isNullValue()) |
| 2707 | return Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt8Ty(V->getContext())); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2709 | // Constant float and double values can be handled as integer values if the |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2710 | // corresponding integer value is "byteable". An important case is 0.0. |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) { |
| 2712 | if (CFP->getType()->isFloatTy()) |
| 2713 | V = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(CFP, Type::getInt32Ty(V->getContext())); |
| 2714 | if (CFP->getType()->isDoubleTy()) |
| 2715 | V = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(CFP, Type::getInt64Ty(V->getContext())); |
| 2716 | // Don't handle long double formats, which have strange constraints. |
| 2717 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2718 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 17d9015 | 2015-02-07 19:29:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | // We can handle constant integers that are multiple of 8 bits. |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) { |
Benjamin Kramer | 17d9015 | 2015-02-07 19:29:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | if (CI->getBitWidth() % 8 == 0) { |
| 2722 | assert(CI->getBitWidth() > 8 && "8 bits should be handled above!"); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | |
Benjamin Kramer | b4b5150 | 2015-03-25 16:49:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | if (!CI->getValue().isSplat(8)) |
Benjamin Kramer | 17d9015 | 2015-02-07 19:29:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2725 | return nullptr; |
| 2726 | return ConstantInt::get(V->getContext(), CI->getValue().trunc(8)); |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 | } |
| 2728 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2729 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2730 | // A ConstantDataArray/Vector is splatable if all its members are equal and |
| 2731 | // also splatable. |
| 2732 | if (ConstantDataSequential *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(V)) { |
| 2733 | Value *Elt = CA->getElementAsConstant(0); |
| 2734 | Value *Val = isBytewiseValue(Elt); |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2735 | if (!Val) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | return nullptr; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | for (unsigned I = 1, E = CA->getNumElements(); I != E; ++I) |
| 2739 | if (CA->getElementAsConstant(I) != Elt) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 | return nullptr; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2741 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | return Val; |
| 2743 | } |
Chad Rosier | 8abf65a | 2011-12-06 00:19:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2745 | // Conceptually, we could handle things like: |
| 2746 | // %a = zext i8 %X to i16 |
| 2747 | // %b = shl i16 %a, 8 |
| 2748 | // %c = or i16 %a, %b |
| 2749 | // but until there is an example that actually needs this, it doesn't seem |
| 2750 | // worth worrying about. |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2751 | return nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 9cb1035 | 2010-12-26 20:15:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2752 | } |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | // This is the recursive version of BuildSubAggregate. It takes a few different |
| 2756 | // arguments. Idxs is the index within the nested struct From that we are |
| 2757 | // looking at now (which is of type IndexedType). IdxSkip is the number of |
| 2758 | // indices from Idxs that should be left out when inserting into the resulting |
| 2759 | // struct. To is the result struct built so far, new insertvalue instructions |
| 2760 | // build on that. |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | static Value *BuildSubAggregate(Value *From, Value* To, Type *IndexedType, |
Craig Topper | 2cd5ff8 | 2013-07-11 16:22:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2762 | SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Idxs, |
Dan Gohman | a6d0afc | 2009-08-07 01:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 | unsigned IdxSkip, |
Dan Gohman | a6d0afc | 2009-08-07 01:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 226fea5 | 2013-01-13 16:01:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 | llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IndexedType); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | if (STy) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | // Save the original To argument so we can modify it |
| 2768 | Value *OrigTo = To; |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2769 | // General case, the type indexed by Idxs is a struct |
| 2770 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2771 | // Process each struct element recursively |
| 2772 | Idxs.push_back(i); |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2773 | Value *PrevTo = To; |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2774 | To = BuildSubAggregate(From, To, STy->getElementType(i), Idxs, IdxSkip, |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 | Idxs.pop_back(); |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | if (!To) { |
| 2778 | // Couldn't find any inserted value for this index? Cleanup |
| 2779 | while (PrevTo != OrigTo) { |
| 2780 | InsertValueInst* Del = cast<InsertValueInst>(PrevTo); |
| 2781 | PrevTo = Del->getAggregateOperand(); |
| 2782 | Del->eraseFromParent(); |
| 2783 | } |
| 2784 | // Stop processing elements |
| 2785 | break; |
| 2786 | } |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0ab5e2c | 2011-04-15 05:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 | // If we successfully found a value for each of our subaggregates |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2789 | if (To) |
| 2790 | return To; |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 | } |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | // Base case, the type indexed by SourceIdxs is not a struct, or not all of |
| 2793 | // the struct's elements had a value that was inserted directly. In the latter |
| 2794 | // case, perhaps we can't determine each of the subelements individually, but |
| 2795 | // we might be able to find the complete struct somewhere. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 | // Find the value that is at that particular spot |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | Value *V = FindInsertedValue(From, Idxs); |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | |
| 2800 | if (!V) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | return nullptr; |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 | |
| 2803 | // Insert the value in the new (sub) aggregrate |
Frits van Bommel | 717d7ed | 2011-07-18 12:00:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 | return llvm::InsertValueInst::Create(To, V, makeArrayRef(Idxs).slice(IdxSkip), |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | "tmp", InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2806 | } |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 | // This helper takes a nested struct and extracts a part of it (which is again a |
| 2809 | // struct) into a new value. For example, given the struct: |
| 2810 | // { a, { b, { c, d }, e } } |
| 2811 | // and the indices "1, 1" this returns |
| 2812 | // { c, d }. |
| 2813 | // |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | // It does this by inserting an insertvalue for each element in the resulting |
| 2815 | // struct, as opposed to just inserting a single struct. This will only work if |
| 2816 | // each of the elements of the substruct are known (ie, inserted into From by an |
| 2817 | // insertvalue instruction somewhere). |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | // |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 | // All inserted insertvalue instructions are inserted before InsertBefore |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | static Value *BuildSubAggregate(Value *From, ArrayRef<unsigned> idx_range, |
Dan Gohman | a6d0afc | 2009-08-07 01:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | 69801d4 | 2008-06-16 13:28:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | assert(InsertBefore && "Must have someplace to insert!"); |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2823 | Type *IndexedType = ExtractValueInst::getIndexedType(From->getType(), |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 | idx_range); |
Owen Anderson | b292b8c | 2009-07-30 23:03:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2825 | Value *To = UndefValue::get(IndexedType); |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 | SmallVector<unsigned, 10> Idxs(idx_range.begin(), idx_range.end()); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | unsigned IdxSkip = Idxs.size(); |
| 2828 | |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 | return BuildSubAggregate(From, To, IndexedType, Idxs, IdxSkip, InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2830 | } |
| 2831 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | /// Given an aggregrate and an sequence of indices, see if |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 | /// the scalar value indexed is already around as a register, for example if it |
| 2834 | /// were inserted directly into the aggregrate. |
Matthijs Kooijman | fa4d0b8 | 2008-06-16 14:13:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2835 | /// |
| 2836 | /// If InsertBefore is not null, this function will duplicate (modified) |
| 2837 | /// insertvalues when a part of a nested struct is extracted. |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2838 | Value *llvm::FindInsertedValue(Value *V, ArrayRef<unsigned> idx_range, |
| 2839 | Instruction *InsertBefore) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 | // Nothing to index? Just return V then (this is useful at the end of our |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 | // recursion). |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 | if (idx_range.empty()) |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2843 | return V; |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 | // We have indices, so V should have an indexable type. |
| 2845 | assert((V->getType()->isStructTy() || V->getType()->isArrayTy()) && |
| 2846 | "Not looking at a struct or array?"); |
| 2847 | assert(ExtractValueInst::getIndexedType(V->getType(), idx_range) && |
| 2848 | "Invalid indices for type?"); |
Owen Anderson | f1f1743 | 2009-07-06 22:37:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | |
Chris Lattner | 6705883 | 2012-01-25 06:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { |
| 2851 | C = C->getAggregateElement(idx_range[0]); |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | if (!C) return nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 6705883 | 2012-01-25 06:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | return FindInsertedValue(C, idx_range.slice(1), InsertBefore); |
| 2854 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2856 | if (InsertValueInst *I = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(V)) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | // Loop the indices for the insertvalue instruction in parallel with the |
| 2858 | // requested indices |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | const unsigned *req_idx = idx_range.begin(); |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2860 | for (const unsigned *i = I->idx_begin(), *e = I->idx_end(); |
| 2861 | i != e; ++i, ++req_idx) { |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2862 | if (req_idx == idx_range.end()) { |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2863 | // We can't handle this without inserting insertvalues |
| 2864 | if (!InsertBefore) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | return nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2866 | |
| 2867 | // The requested index identifies a part of a nested aggregate. Handle |
| 2868 | // this specially. For example, |
| 2869 | // %A = insertvalue { i32, {i32, i32 } } undef, i32 10, 1, 0 |
| 2870 | // %B = insertvalue { i32, {i32, i32 } } %A, i32 11, 1, 1 |
| 2871 | // %C = extractvalue {i32, { i32, i32 } } %B, 1 |
| 2872 | // This can be changed into |
| 2873 | // %A = insertvalue {i32, i32 } undef, i32 10, 0 |
| 2874 | // %C = insertvalue {i32, i32 } %A, i32 11, 1 |
| 2875 | // which allows the unused 0,0 element from the nested struct to be |
| 2876 | // removed. |
| 2877 | return BuildSubAggregate(V, makeArrayRef(idx_range.begin(), req_idx), |
| 2878 | InsertBefore); |
Duncan Sands | db356ee | 2008-06-19 08:47:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2880 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 | // This insert value inserts something else than what we are looking for. |
Benjamin Kramer | df005cb | 2015-08-08 18:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | // See if the (aggregate) value inserted into has the value we are |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | // looking for, then. |
| 2884 | if (*req_idx != *i) |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2885 | return FindInsertedValue(I->getAggregateOperand(), idx_range, |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2887 | } |
| 2888 | // If we end up here, the indices of the insertvalue match with those |
| 2889 | // requested (though possibly only partially). Now we recursively look at |
| 2890 | // the inserted value, passing any remaining indices. |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | return FindInsertedValue(I->getInsertedValueOperand(), |
Frits van Bommel | 717d7ed | 2011-07-18 12:00:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2892 | makeArrayRef(req_idx, idx_range.end()), |
Nick Lewycky | 39dbfd3 | 2009-11-23 03:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | InsertBefore); |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2894 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | |
Chris Lattner | f7eb543 | 2012-01-24 07:54:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | if (ExtractValueInst *I = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(V)) { |
Benjamin Kramer | df005cb | 2015-08-08 18:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | // If we're extracting a value from an aggregate that was extracted from |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | // something else, we can extract from that something else directly instead. |
| 2899 | // However, we will need to chain I's indices with the requested indices. |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2900 | |
| 2901 | // Calculate the number of indices required |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | unsigned size = I->getNumIndices() + idx_range.size(); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 | // Allocate some space to put the new indices in |
Matthijs Kooijman | 8369c67 | 2008-06-17 08:24:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2904 | SmallVector<unsigned, 5> Idxs; |
| 2905 | Idxs.reserve(size); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2906 | // Add indices from the extract value instruction |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 | Idxs.append(I->idx_begin(), I->idx_end()); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2909 | // Add requested indices |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2910 | Idxs.append(idx_range.begin(), idx_range.end()); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 | |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2912 | assert(Idxs.size() == size |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5cb3877 | 2008-06-16 12:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | && "Number of indices added not correct?"); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2914 | |
Jay Foad | 57aa636 | 2011-07-13 10:26:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2915 | return FindInsertedValue(I->getAggregateOperand(), Idxs, InsertBefore); |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2916 | } |
| 2917 | // Otherwise, we don't know (such as, extracting from a function return value |
| 2918 | // or load instruction) |
Craig Topper | 9f00886 | 2014-04-15 04:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 | return nullptr; |
Matthijs Kooijman | e92e18b | 2008-06-16 12:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2920 | } |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2922 | /// Analyze the specified pointer to see if it can be expressed as a base |
| 2923 | /// pointer plus a constant offset. Return the base and offset to the caller. |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | Value *llvm::GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(Value *Ptr, int64_t &Offset, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
| 2926 | unsigned BitWidth = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()); |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2927 | APInt ByteOffset(BitWidth, 0); |
Chandler Carruth | 7664127 | 2016-01-04 07:23:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 | |
| 2929 | // We walk up the defs but use a visited set to handle unreachable code. In |
| 2930 | // that case, we stop after accumulating the cycle once (not that it |
| 2931 | // matters). |
| 2932 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> Visited; |
| 2933 | while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second) { |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2934 | if (Ptr->getType()->isVectorTy()) |
| 2935 | break; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2936 | |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 | if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) { |
Tom Stellard | 17eb341 | 2016-10-07 14:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | // If one of the values we have visited is an addrspacecast, then |
| 2939 | // the pointer type of this GEP may be different from the type |
| 2940 | // of the Ptr parameter which was passed to this function. This |
| 2941 | // means when we construct GEPOffset, we need to use the size |
| 2942 | // of GEP's pointer type rather than the size of the original |
| 2943 | // pointer type. |
| 2944 | APInt GEPOffset(DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()), 0); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2945 | if (!GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, GEPOffset)) |
| 2946 | break; |
Matt Arsenault | f55e5e7 | 2013-08-10 17:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 | |
Tom Stellard | 17eb341 | 2016-10-07 14:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | ByteOffset += GEPOffset.getSExtValue(); |
Matt Arsenault | f55e5e7 | 2013-08-10 17:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | Ptr = GEP->getPointerOperand(); |
Tom Stellard | 17eb341 | 2016-10-07 14:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2951 | } else if (Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::BitCast || |
| 2952 | Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::AddrSpaceCast) { |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | Ptr = cast<Operator>(Ptr)->getOperand(0); |
| 2954 | } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Ptr)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 5ce3272 | 2016-04-08 00:48:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | if (GA->isInterposable()) |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | break; |
| 2957 | Ptr = GA->getAliasee(); |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | } else { |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | break; |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 | } |
| 2961 | } |
Nuno Lopes | 368c4d0 | 2012-12-31 20:48:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | Offset = ByteOffset.getSExtValue(); |
| 2963 | return Ptr; |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2964 | } |
| 2965 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 | bool llvm::isGEPBasedOnPointerToString(const GEPOperator *GEP, |
| 2967 | unsigned CharSize) { |
David L Kreitzer | 752c144 | 2016-04-13 14:31:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | // Make sure the GEP has exactly three arguments. |
| 2969 | if (GEP->getNumOperands() != 3) |
| 2970 | return false; |
| 2971 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2972 | // Make sure the index-ee is a pointer to array of \p CharSize integers. |
| 2973 | // CharSize. |
David L Kreitzer | 752c144 | 2016-04-13 14:31:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2974 | ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(GEP->getSourceElementType()); |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2975 | if (!AT || !AT->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(CharSize)) |
David L Kreitzer | 752c144 | 2016-04-13 14:31:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 | return false; |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | // Check to make sure that the first operand of the GEP is an integer and |
| 2979 | // has value 0 so that we are sure we're indexing into the initializer. |
| 2980 | const ConstantInt *FirstIdx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(1)); |
| 2981 | if (!FirstIdx || !FirstIdx->isZero()) |
| 2982 | return false; |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | return true; |
Sanjoy Das | 6082c1a | 2016-05-07 02:08:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2985 | } |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2986 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | bool llvm::getConstantDataArrayInfo(const Value *V, |
| 2988 | ConstantDataArraySlice &Slice, |
| 2989 | unsigned ElementSize, uint64_t Offset) { |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2990 | assert(V); |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2992 | // Look through bitcast instructions and geps. |
| 2993 | V = V->stripPointerCasts(); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2994 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 0248a3e | 2015-03-21 15:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2995 | // If the value is a GEP instruction or constant expression, treat it as an |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2996 | // offset. |
| 2997 | if (const GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) { |
David L Kreitzer | 752c144 | 2016-04-13 14:31:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 | // The GEP operator should be based on a pointer to string constant, and is |
| 2999 | // indexing into the string constant. |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 | if (!isGEPBasedOnPointerToString(GEP, ElementSize)) |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 | |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3003 | // If the second index isn't a ConstantInt, then this is a variable index |
| 3004 | // into the array. If this occurs, we can't say anything meaningful about |
| 3005 | // the string. |
| 3006 | uint64_t StartIdx = 0; |
Dan Gohman | 0b4df04 | 2010-04-14 22:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3007 | if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(2))) |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | StartIdx = CI->getZExtValue(); |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | else |
| 3010 | return false; |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 | return getConstantDataArrayInfo(GEP->getOperand(0), Slice, ElementSize, |
| 3012 | StartIdx + Offset); |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | } |
Nick Lewycky | 4620988 | 2011-10-20 00:34:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 | |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | // The GEP instruction, constant or instruction, must reference a global |
| 3016 | // variable that is a constant and is initialized. The referenced constant |
| 3017 | // initializer is the array that we'll use for optimization. |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3018 | const GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(V); |
Dan Gohman | 5d5bc6d | 2009-08-19 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer()) |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | const ConstantDataArray *Array; |
| 3023 | ArrayType *ArrayTy; |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | if (GV->getInitializer()->isNullValue()) { |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | Type *GVTy = GV->getValueType(); |
| 3026 | if ( (ArrayTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(GVTy)) ) { |
Sanjay Patel | 2ad88f8 | 2017-06-12 22:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3027 | // A zeroinitializer for the array; there is no ConstantDataArray. |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3028 | Array = nullptr; |
| 3029 | } else { |
| 3030 | const DataLayout &DL = GV->getParent()->getDataLayout(); |
| 3031 | uint64_t SizeInBytes = DL.getTypeStoreSize(GVTy); |
| 3032 | uint64_t Length = SizeInBytes / (ElementSize / 8); |
| 3033 | if (Length <= Offset) |
| 3034 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3035 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3036 | Slice.Array = nullptr; |
| 3037 | Slice.Offset = 0; |
| 3038 | Slice.Length = Length - Offset; |
| 3039 | return true; |
| 3040 | } |
| 3041 | } else { |
| 3042 | // This must be a ConstantDataArray. |
| 3043 | Array = dyn_cast<ConstantDataArray>(GV->getInitializer()); |
| 3044 | if (!Array) |
| 3045 | return false; |
| 3046 | ArrayTy = Array->getType(); |
| 3047 | } |
| 3048 | if (!ArrayTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy(ElementSize)) |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3049 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3050 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3051 | uint64_t NumElts = ArrayTy->getArrayNumElements(); |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3052 | if (Offset > NumElts) |
| 3053 | return false; |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | Slice.Array = Array; |
| 3056 | Slice.Offset = Offset; |
| 3057 | Slice.Length = NumElts - Offset; |
| 3058 | return true; |
| 3059 | } |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | /// This function computes the length of a null-terminated C string pointed to |
| 3062 | /// by V. If successful, it returns true and returns the string in Str. |
| 3063 | /// If unsuccessful, it returns false. |
| 3064 | bool llvm::getConstantStringInfo(const Value *V, StringRef &Str, |
| 3065 | uint64_t Offset, bool TrimAtNul) { |
| 3066 | ConstantDataArraySlice Slice; |
| 3067 | if (!getConstantDataArrayInfo(V, Slice, 8, Offset)) |
| 3068 | return false; |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 | if (Slice.Array == nullptr) { |
| 3071 | if (TrimAtNul) { |
| 3072 | Str = StringRef(); |
| 3073 | return true; |
| 3074 | } |
| 3075 | if (Slice.Length == 1) { |
| 3076 | Str = StringRef("", 1); |
| 3077 | return true; |
| 3078 | } |
Sanjay Patel | fef83e8 | 2017-06-09 14:21:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 | // We cannot instantiate a StringRef as we do not have an appropriate string |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | // of 0s at hand. |
| 3081 | return false; |
| 3082 | } |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | // Start out with the entire array in the StringRef. |
| 3085 | Str = Slice.Array->getAsString(); |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3086 | // Skip over 'offset' bytes. |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3087 | Str = Str.substr(Slice.Offset); |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 | if (TrimAtNul) { |
| 3090 | // Trim off the \0 and anything after it. If the array is not nul |
| 3091 | // terminated, we just return the whole end of string. The client may know |
| 3092 | // some other way that the string is length-bound. |
| 3093 | Str = Str.substr(0, Str.find('\0')); |
| 3094 | } |
Bill Wendling | fa54bc2 | 2009-03-13 04:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3095 | return true; |
Evan Cheng | da3db11 | 2008-06-30 07:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3096 | } |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | |
| 3098 | // These next two are very similar to the above, but also look through PHI |
| 3099 | // nodes. |
| 3100 | // TODO: See if we can integrate these two together. |
| 3101 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | /// If we can compute the length of the string pointed to by |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3103 | /// the specified pointer, return 'len+1'. If we can't, return 0. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | static uint64_t GetStringLengthH(const Value *V, |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3105 | SmallPtrSetImpl<const PHINode*> &PHIs, |
| 3106 | unsigned CharSize) { |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | // Look through noop bitcast instructions. |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | V = V->stripPointerCasts(); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | |
| 3110 | // If this is a PHI node, there are two cases: either we have already seen it |
| 3111 | // or we haven't. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3112 | if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) { |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | if (!PHIs.insert(PN).second) |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3114 | return ~0ULL; // already in the set. |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | // If it was new, see if all the input strings are the same length. |
| 3117 | uint64_t LenSoFar = ~0ULL; |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3118 | for (Value *IncValue : PN->incoming_values()) { |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 | uint64_t Len = GetStringLengthH(IncValue, PHIs, CharSize); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3120 | if (Len == 0) return 0; // Unknown length -> unknown. |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 | if (Len == ~0ULL) continue; |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | if (Len != LenSoFar && LenSoFar != ~0ULL) |
| 3125 | return 0; // Disagree -> unknown. |
| 3126 | LenSoFar = Len; |
| 3127 | } |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 | // Success, all agree. |
| 3130 | return LenSoFar; |
| 3131 | } |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 | // strlen(select(c,x,y)) -> strlen(x) ^ strlen(y) |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 | if (const SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) { |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3135 | uint64_t Len1 = GetStringLengthH(SI->getTrueValue(), PHIs, CharSize); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3136 | if (Len1 == 0) return 0; |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3137 | uint64_t Len2 = GetStringLengthH(SI->getFalseValue(), PHIs, CharSize); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3138 | if (Len2 == 0) return 0; |
| 3139 | if (Len1 == ~0ULL) return Len2; |
| 3140 | if (Len2 == ~0ULL) return Len1; |
| 3141 | if (Len1 != Len2) return 0; |
| 3142 | return Len1; |
| 3143 | } |
Craig Topper | 1bef2c8 | 2012-12-22 19:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3144 | |
Chris Lattner | cf9e8f6 | 2012-02-05 02:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3145 | // Otherwise, see if we can read the string. |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3146 | ConstantDataArraySlice Slice; |
| 3147 | if (!getConstantDataArrayInfo(V, Slice, CharSize)) |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | return 0; |
| 3149 | |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3150 | if (Slice.Array == nullptr) |
| 3151 | return 1; |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | // Search for nul characters |
| 3154 | unsigned NullIndex = 0; |
| 3155 | for (unsigned E = Slice.Length; NullIndex < E; ++NullIndex) { |
| 3156 | if (Slice.Array->getElementAsInteger(Slice.Offset + NullIndex) == 0) |
| 3157 | break; |
| 3158 | } |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | return NullIndex + 1; |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | } |
| 3162 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3163 | /// If we can compute the length of the string pointed to by |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | /// the specified pointer, return 'len+1'. If we can't, return 0. |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 | uint64_t llvm::GetStringLength(const Value *V, unsigned CharSize) { |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3166 | if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) return 0; |
| 3167 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3168 | SmallPtrSet<const PHINode*, 32> PHIs; |
Matthias Braun | 50ec0b5 | 2017-05-19 22:37:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3169 | uint64_t Len = GetStringLengthH(V, PHIs, CharSize); |
Eric Christopher | 4899cbc | 2010-03-05 06:58:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3170 | // If Len is ~0ULL, we had an infinite phi cycle: this is dead code, so return |
| 3171 | // an empty string as a length. |
| 3172 | return Len == ~0ULL ? 1 : Len; |
| 3173 | } |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 | |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3175 | /// \brief \p PN defines a loop-variant pointer to an object. Check if the |
| 3176 | /// previous iteration of the loop was referring to the same object as \p PN. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 | static bool isSameUnderlyingObjectInLoop(const PHINode *PN, |
| 3178 | const LoopInfo *LI) { |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3179 | // Find the loop-defined value. |
| 3180 | Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(PN->getParent()); |
| 3181 | if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) |
| 3182 | return true; |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | // Find the value from previous iteration. |
| 3185 | auto *PrevValue = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN->getIncomingValue(0)); |
| 3186 | if (!PrevValue || LI->getLoopFor(PrevValue->getParent()) != L) |
| 3187 | PrevValue = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN->getIncomingValue(1)); |
| 3188 | if (!PrevValue || LI->getLoopFor(PrevValue->getParent()) != L) |
| 3189 | return true; |
| 3190 | |
| 3191 | // If a new pointer is loaded in the loop, the pointer references a different |
| 3192 | // object in every iteration. E.g.: |
| 3193 | // for (i) |
| 3194 | // int *p = a[i]; |
| 3195 | // ... |
| 3196 | if (auto *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(PrevValue)) |
| 3197 | if (!L->isLoopInvariant(Load->getPointerOperand())) |
| 3198 | return false; |
| 3199 | return true; |
| 3200 | } |
| 3201 | |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | Value *llvm::GetUnderlyingObject(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, |
| 3203 | unsigned MaxLookup) { |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3204 | if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) |
| 3205 | return V; |
| 3206 | for (unsigned Count = 0; MaxLookup == 0 || Count < MaxLookup; ++Count) { |
| 3207 | if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) { |
| 3208 | V = GEP->getPointerOperand(); |
Matt Arsenault | 70f4db88 | 2014-07-15 00:56:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3209 | } else if (Operator::getOpcode(V) == Instruction::BitCast || |
| 3210 | Operator::getOpcode(V) == Instruction::AddrSpaceCast) { |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3211 | V = cast<Operator>(V)->getOperand(0); |
| 3212 | } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 5ce3272 | 2016-04-08 00:48:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | if (GA->isInterposable()) |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 | return V; |
| 3215 | V = GA->getAliasee(); |
Craig Topper | 8548241 | 2017-04-12 22:29:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3216 | } else if (isa<AllocaInst>(V)) { |
| 3217 | // An alloca can't be further simplified. |
| 3218 | return V; |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3219 | } else { |
Hal Finkel | 5c12d8f | 2016-07-11 01:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3220 | if (auto CS = CallSite(V)) |
| 3221 | if (Value *RV = CS.getReturnedArgOperand()) { |
| 3222 | V = RV; |
| 3223 | continue; |
| 3224 | } |
| 3225 | |
Dan Gohman | 05b18f1 | 2010-12-15 20:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | // See if InstructionSimplify knows any relevant tricks. |
| 3227 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 | // TODO: Acquire a DominatorTree and AssumptionCache and use them. |
Daniel Berlin | 4d0fe64 | 2017-04-28 19:55:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3229 | if (Value *Simplified = SimplifyInstruction(I, {DL, I})) { |
Dan Gohman | 05b18f1 | 2010-12-15 20:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | V = Simplified; |
| 3231 | continue; |
| 3232 | } |
| 3233 | |
Dan Gohman | a4fcd24 | 2010-12-15 20:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3234 | return V; |
| 3235 | } |
| 3236 | assert(V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!"); |
| 3237 | } |
| 3238 | return V; |
| 3239 | } |
Nick Lewycky | 3e334a4 | 2011-06-27 04:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3240 | |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 | void llvm::GetUnderlyingObjects(Value *V, SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Objects, |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 | const DataLayout &DL, LoopInfo *LI, |
| 3243 | unsigned MaxLookup) { |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited; |
| 3245 | SmallVector<Value *, 4> Worklist; |
| 3246 | Worklist.push_back(V); |
| 3247 | do { |
| 3248 | Value *P = Worklist.pop_back_val(); |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | P = GetUnderlyingObject(P, DL, MaxLookup); |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | |
David Blaikie | 70573dc | 2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3251 | if (!Visited.insert(P).second) |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3252 | continue; |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(P)) { |
| 3255 | Worklist.push_back(SI->getTrueValue()); |
| 3256 | Worklist.push_back(SI->getFalseValue()); |
| 3257 | continue; |
| 3258 | } |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(P)) { |
Adam Nemet | e2b885c | 2015-04-23 20:09:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3261 | // If this PHI changes the underlying object in every iteration of the |
| 3262 | // loop, don't look through it. Consider: |
| 3263 | // int **A; |
| 3264 | // for (i) { |
| 3265 | // Prev = Curr; // Prev = PHI (Prev_0, Curr) |
| 3266 | // Curr = A[i]; |
| 3267 | // *Prev, *Curr; |
| 3268 | // |
| 3269 | // Prev is tracking Curr one iteration behind so they refer to different |
| 3270 | // underlying objects. |
| 3271 | if (!LI || !LI->isLoopHeader(PN->getParent()) || |
| 3272 | isSameUnderlyingObjectInLoop(PN, LI)) |
Pete Cooper | 833f34d | 2015-05-12 20:05:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3273 | for (Value *IncValue : PN->incoming_values()) |
| 3274 | Worklist.push_back(IncValue); |
Dan Gohman | ed7c24e2 | 2012-05-10 18:57:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3275 | continue; |
| 3276 | } |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | Objects.push_back(P); |
| 3279 | } while (!Worklist.empty()); |
| 3280 | } |
| 3281 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3282 | /// Return true if the only users of this pointer are lifetime markers. |
Nick Lewycky | 3e334a4 | 2011-06-27 04:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3283 | bool llvm::onlyUsedByLifetimeMarkers(const Value *V) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3284 | for (const User *U : V->users()) { |
| 3285 | const IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U); |
Nick Lewycky | 3e334a4 | 2011-06-27 04:20:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3286 | if (!II) return false; |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 | if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start && |
| 3289 | II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end) |
| 3290 | return false; |
| 3291 | } |
| 3292 | return true; |
| 3293 | } |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3294 | |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3295 | bool llvm::isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(const Value *V, |
| 3296 | const Instruction *CtxI, |
Sean Silva | 45835e7 | 2016-07-02 23:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3297 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Dan Gohman | 7ac046a | 2012-01-04 23:01:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3298 | const Operator *Inst = dyn_cast<Operator>(V); |
| 3299 | if (!Inst) |
| 3300 | return false; |
| 3301 | |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Inst->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) |
| 3303 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Inst->getOperand(i))) |
| 3304 | if (C->canTrap()) |
| 3305 | return false; |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | switch (Inst->getOpcode()) { |
| 3308 | default: |
| 3309 | return true; |
| 3310 | case Instruction::UDiv: |
David Majnemer | f20d7c4 | 2014-11-04 23:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3311 | case Instruction::URem: { |
| 3312 | // x / y is undefined if y == 0. |
| 3313 | const APInt *V; |
| 3314 | if (match(Inst->getOperand(1), m_APInt(V))) |
| 3315 | return *V != 0; |
| 3316 | return false; |
| 3317 | } |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3318 | case Instruction::SDiv: |
| 3319 | case Instruction::SRem: { |
David Majnemer | f20d7c4 | 2014-11-04 23:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 | // x / y is undefined if y == 0 or x == INT_MIN and y == -1 |
David Majnemer | 8a6578a | 2015-02-01 19:10:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3321 | const APInt *Numerator, *Denominator; |
| 3322 | if (!match(Inst->getOperand(1), m_APInt(Denominator))) |
| 3323 | return false; |
| 3324 | // We cannot hoist this division if the denominator is 0. |
| 3325 | if (*Denominator == 0) |
| 3326 | return false; |
| 3327 | // It's safe to hoist if the denominator is not 0 or -1. |
| 3328 | if (*Denominator != -1) |
| 3329 | return true; |
| 3330 | // At this point we know that the denominator is -1. It is safe to hoist as |
| 3331 | // long we know that the numerator is not INT_MIN. |
| 3332 | if (match(Inst->getOperand(0), m_APInt(Numerator))) |
| 3333 | return !Numerator->isMinSignedValue(); |
| 3334 | // The numerator *might* be MinSignedValue. |
David Majnemer | f20d7c4 | 2014-11-04 23:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3335 | return false; |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3336 | } |
| 3337 | case Instruction::Load: { |
| 3338 | const LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(Inst); |
Kostya Serebryany | 0b45828 | 2013-11-21 07:29:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3339 | if (!LI->isUnordered() || |
| 3340 | // Speculative load may create a race that did not exist in the source. |
Sanjoy Das | b66374c | 2016-07-14 20:19:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3341 | LI->getFunction()->hasFnAttribute(Attribute::SanitizeThread) || |
Kostya Serebryany | 5cb86d5 | 2015-10-14 00:21:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3342 | // Speculative load may load data from dirty regions. |
Sanjoy Das | b66374c | 2016-07-14 20:19:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3343 | LI->getFunction()->hasFnAttribute(Attribute::SanitizeAddress)) |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3344 | return false; |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3345 | const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout(); |
Sean Silva | 45835e7 | 2016-07-02 23:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3346 | return isDereferenceableAndAlignedPointer(LI->getPointerOperand(), |
| 3347 | LI->getAlignment(), DL, CtxI, DT); |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3348 | } |
Nick Lewycky | b4039f6 | 2011-12-21 05:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3349 | case Instruction::Call: { |
Matt Arsenault | cf5e7fe | 2017-04-28 21:13:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3350 | auto *CI = cast<const CallInst>(Inst); |
| 3351 | const Function *Callee = CI->getCalledFunction(); |
David Majnemer | 0a92f86 | 2015-08-28 21:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3352 | |
Matt Arsenault | 6a288c1 | 2017-05-03 02:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3353 | // The called function could have undefined behavior or side-effects, even |
| 3354 | // if marked readnone nounwind. |
| 3355 | return Callee && Callee->isSpeculatable(); |
Nick Lewycky | b4039f6 | 2011-12-21 05:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3356 | } |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | case Instruction::VAArg: |
| 3358 | case Instruction::Alloca: |
| 3359 | case Instruction::Invoke: |
| 3360 | case Instruction::PHI: |
| 3361 | case Instruction::Store: |
| 3362 | case Instruction::Ret: |
| 3363 | case Instruction::Br: |
| 3364 | case Instruction::IndirectBr: |
| 3365 | case Instruction::Switch: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 | case Instruction::Unreachable: |
| 3367 | case Instruction::Fence: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3368 | case Instruction::AtomicRMW: |
| 3369 | case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg: |
David Majnemer | 654e130 | 2015-07-31 17:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3370 | case Instruction::LandingPad: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3371 | case Instruction::Resume: |
David Majnemer | 8a1c45d | 2015-12-12 05:38:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3372 | case Instruction::CatchSwitch: |
David Majnemer | 654e130 | 2015-07-31 17:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3373 | case Instruction::CatchPad: |
David Majnemer | 654e130 | 2015-07-31 17:58:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3374 | case Instruction::CatchRet: |
| 3375 | case Instruction::CleanupPad: |
| 3376 | case Instruction::CleanupRet: |
Dan Gohman | 75d7d5e | 2011-12-14 23:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3377 | return false; // Misc instructions which have effects |
| 3378 | } |
| 3379 | } |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3380 | |
Quentin Colombet | 6443cce | 2015-08-06 18:44:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 | bool llvm::mayBeMemoryDependent(const Instruction &I) { |
| 3382 | return I.mayReadOrWriteMemory() || !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&I); |
| 3383 | } |
| 3384 | |
Sanjay Patel | aee8421 | 2014-11-04 16:27:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 | /// Return true if we know that the specified value is never null. |
Sean Silva | 45835e7 | 2016-07-02 23:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3386 | bool llvm::isKnownNonNull(const Value *V) { |
Chen Li | 0d043b5 | 2015-09-14 18:10:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | assert(V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "V must be pointer type"); |
| 3388 | |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3389 | // Alloca never returns null, malloc might. |
| 3390 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(V)) return true; |
| 3391 | |
Nick Lewycky | d52b152 | 2014-05-20 01:23:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3392 | // A byval, inalloca, or nonnull argument is never null. |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3393 | if (const Argument *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V)) |
Nick Lewycky | d52b152 | 2014-05-20 01:23:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3394 | return A->hasByValOrInAllocaAttr() || A->hasNonNullAttr(); |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3395 | |
Peter Collingbourne | 235c275 | 2016-12-08 19:01:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 | // A global variable in address space 0 is non null unless extern weak |
| 3397 | // or an absolute symbol reference. Other address spaces may have null as a |
| 3398 | // valid address for a global, so we can't assume anything. |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 | if (const GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(V)) |
Peter Collingbourne | 235c275 | 2016-12-08 19:01:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | return !GV->isAbsoluteSymbolRef() && !GV->hasExternalWeakLinkage() && |
Pete Cooper | 6b71621 | 2015-08-27 03:16:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3401 | GV->getType()->getAddressSpace() == 0; |
Benjamin Kramer | fd4777c | 2013-09-24 16:37:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3402 | |
Sanjoy Das | 5056e19 | 2016-05-07 02:08:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3403 | // A Load tagged with nonnull metadata is never null. |
Philip Reames | cdb72f3 | 2014-10-20 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 | if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V)) |
Philip Reames | 5a3f5f7 | 2014-10-21 00:13:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3405 | return LI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_nonnull); |
Philip Reames | cdb72f3 | 2014-10-20 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3406 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 3a09ef6 | 2015-04-10 14:50:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3407 | if (auto CS = ImmutableCallSite(V)) |
Hal Finkel | b0407ba | 2014-07-18 15:51:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3408 | if (CS.isReturnNonNull()) |
Nick Lewycky | ec37354 | 2014-05-20 05:13:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 | return true; |
| 3410 | |
Dan Gohman | 1b0f79d | 2013-01-31 02:40:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 | return false; |
| 3412 | } |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3413 | |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3414 | static bool isKnownNonNullFromDominatingCondition(const Value *V, |
| 3415 | const Instruction *CtxI, |
| 3416 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Chen Li | 0d043b5 | 2015-09-14 18:10:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3417 | assert(V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "V must be pointer type"); |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | b479873 | 2016-09-24 19:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3418 | assert(!isa<ConstantData>(V) && "Did not expect ConstantPointerNull"); |
Sanjay Patel | 7fd779f | 2016-12-31 17:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3419 | assert(CtxI && "Context instruction required for analysis"); |
| 3420 | assert(DT && "Dominator tree required for analysis"); |
Chen Li | 0d043b5 | 2015-09-14 18:10:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3421 | |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3422 | unsigned NumUsesExplored = 0; |
Sanjoy Das | 987aaa1 | 2016-05-07 02:08:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3423 | for (auto *U : V->users()) { |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3424 | // Avoid massive lists |
| 3425 | if (NumUsesExplored >= DomConditionsMaxUses) |
| 3426 | break; |
| 3427 | NumUsesExplored++; |
Sanjay Patel | 97e4b987 | 2017-02-12 15:35:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3428 | |
| 3429 | // If the value is used as an argument to a call or invoke, then argument |
| 3430 | // attributes may provide an answer about null-ness. |
| 3431 | if (auto CS = ImmutableCallSite(U)) |
| 3432 | if (auto *CalledFunc = CS.getCalledFunction()) |
| 3433 | for (const Argument &Arg : CalledFunc->args()) |
| 3434 | if (CS.getArgOperand(Arg.getArgNo()) == V && |
| 3435 | Arg.hasNonNullAttr() && DT->dominates(CS.getInstruction(), CtxI)) |
| 3436 | return true; |
| 3437 | |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3438 | // Consider only compare instructions uniquely controlling a branch |
Sanjoy Das | 987aaa1 | 2016-05-07 02:08:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3439 | CmpInst::Predicate Pred; |
| 3440 | if (!match(const_cast<User *>(U), |
| 3441 | m_c_ICmp(Pred, m_Specific(V), m_Zero())) || |
| 3442 | (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)) |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3443 | continue; |
| 3444 | |
Sanjoy Das | 987aaa1 | 2016-05-07 02:08:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | for (auto *CmpU : U->users()) { |
Sanjoy Das | 12c91dc | 2016-05-10 02:35:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3446 | if (const BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(CmpU)) { |
| 3447 | assert(BI->isConditional() && "uses a comparison!"); |
Sanjoy Das | 6082c1a | 2016-05-07 02:08:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3448 | |
Sanjoy Das | 12c91dc | 2016-05-10 02:35:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3449 | BasicBlock *NonNullSuccessor = |
| 3450 | BI->getSuccessor(Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ ? 1 : 0); |
| 3451 | BasicBlockEdge Edge(BI->getParent(), NonNullSuccessor); |
| 3452 | if (Edge.isSingleEdge() && DT->dominates(Edge, CtxI->getParent())) |
| 3453 | return true; |
| 3454 | } else if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && |
| 3455 | match(CmpU, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_guard>()) && |
| 3456 | DT->dominates(cast<Instruction>(CmpU), CtxI)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 987aaa1 | 2016-05-07 02:08:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3457 | return true; |
Sanjoy Das | 12c91dc | 2016-05-10 02:35:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3458 | } |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3459 | } |
| 3460 | } |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | return false; |
| 3463 | } |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 | bool llvm::isKnownNonNullAt(const Value *V, const Instruction *CtxI, |
Sean Silva | 45835e7 | 2016-07-02 23:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3466 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | b479873 | 2016-09-24 19:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V) || isa<UndefValue>(V)) |
| 3468 | return false; |
| 3469 | |
Sean Silva | 45835e7 | 2016-07-02 23:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3470 | if (isKnownNonNull(V)) |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3471 | return true; |
| 3472 | |
Sanjay Patel | 7fd779f | 2016-12-31 17:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3473 | if (!CtxI || !DT) |
| 3474 | return false; |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | return ::isKnownNonNullFromDominatingCondition(V, CtxI, DT); |
Sanjoy Das | f8a0db5 | 2015-05-18 18:07:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3477 | } |
| 3478 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForUnsignedMul(const Value *LHS, |
| 3480 | const Value *RHS, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3481 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3482 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3483 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3484 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 3485 | // Multiplying n * m significant bits yields a result of n + m significant |
| 3486 | // bits. If the total number of significant bits does not exceed the |
| 3487 | // result bit width (minus 1), there is no overflow. |
| 3488 | // This means if we have enough leading zero bits in the operands |
| 3489 | // we can guarantee that the result does not overflow. |
| 3490 | // Ref: "Hacker's Delight" by Henry Warren |
| 3491 | unsigned BitWidth = LHS->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3492 | KnownBits LHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 3493 | KnownBits RHSKnown(BitWidth); |
| 3494 | computeKnownBits(LHS, LHSKnown, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3495 | computeKnownBits(RHS, RHSKnown, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3496 | // Note that underestimating the number of zero bits gives a more |
| 3497 | // conservative answer. |
Craig Topper | 8df66c6 | 2017-05-12 17:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3498 | unsigned ZeroBits = LHSKnown.countMinLeadingZeros() + |
| 3499 | RHSKnown.countMinLeadingZeros(); |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3500 | // First handle the easy case: if we have enough zero bits there's |
| 3501 | // definitely no overflow. |
| 3502 | if (ZeroBits >= BitWidth) |
| 3503 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | // Get the largest possible values for each operand. |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3506 | APInt LHSMax = ~LHSKnown.Zero; |
| 3507 | APInt RHSMax = ~RHSKnown.Zero; |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3508 | |
| 3509 | // We know the multiply operation doesn't overflow if the maximum values for |
| 3510 | // each operand will not overflow after we multiply them together. |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3511 | bool MaxOverflow; |
Craig Topper | 9b71a40 | 2017-04-19 21:09:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3512 | (void)LHSMax.umul_ov(RHSMax, MaxOverflow); |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3513 | if (!MaxOverflow) |
| 3514 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3515 | |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3516 | // We know it always overflows if multiplying the smallest possible values for |
| 3517 | // the operands also results in overflow. |
| 3518 | bool MinOverflow; |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3519 | (void)LHSKnown.One.umul_ov(RHSKnown.One, MinOverflow); |
David Majnemer | c8a576b | 2015-01-02 07:29:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3520 | if (MinOverflow) |
| 3521 | return OverflowResult::AlwaysOverflows; |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
David Majnemer | 491331a | 2015-01-02 07:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3524 | } |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3525 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3526 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForUnsignedAdd(const Value *LHS, |
| 3527 | const Value *RHS, |
Mehdi Amini | a28d91d | 2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3528 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3529 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3530 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3531 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3532 | KnownBits LHSKnown = computeKnownBits(LHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3533 | if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() || LHSKnown.isNegative()) { |
| 3534 | KnownBits RHSKnown = computeKnownBits(RHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3535 | |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3536 | if (LHSKnown.isNegative() && RHSKnown.isNegative()) { |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3537 | // The sign bit is set in both cases: this MUST overflow. |
| 3538 | // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct. |
| 3539 | return OverflowResult::AlwaysOverflows; |
| 3540 | } |
| 3541 | |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() && RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) { |
David Majnemer | 5310c1e | 2015-01-07 00:39:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3543 | // The sign bit is clear in both cases: this CANNOT overflow. |
| 3544 | // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct. |
| 3545 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3546 | } |
| 3547 | } |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
| 3550 | } |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3551 | |
Craig Topper | bb97372 | 2017-05-15 02:44:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3552 | /// \brief Return true if we can prove that adding the two values of the |
| 3553 | /// knownbits will not overflow. |
| 3554 | /// Otherwise return false. |
| 3555 | static bool checkRippleForSignedAdd(const KnownBits &LHSKnown, |
| 3556 | const KnownBits &RHSKnown) { |
| 3557 | // Addition of two 2's complement numbers having opposite signs will never |
| 3558 | // overflow. |
| 3559 | if ((LHSKnown.isNegative() && RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) || |
| 3560 | (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() && RHSKnown.isNegative())) |
| 3561 | return true; |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | // If either of the values is known to be non-negative, adding them can only |
| 3564 | // overflow if the second is also non-negative, so we can assume that. |
| 3565 | // Two non-negative numbers will only overflow if there is a carry to the |
| 3566 | // sign bit, so we can check if even when the values are as big as possible |
| 3567 | // there is no overflow to the sign bit. |
| 3568 | if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() || RHSKnown.isNonNegative()) { |
| 3569 | APInt MaxLHS = ~LHSKnown.Zero; |
| 3570 | MaxLHS.clearSignBit(); |
| 3571 | APInt MaxRHS = ~RHSKnown.Zero; |
| 3572 | MaxRHS.clearSignBit(); |
| 3573 | APInt Result = std::move(MaxLHS) + std::move(MaxRHS); |
| 3574 | return Result.isSignBitClear(); |
| 3575 | } |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | // If either of the values is known to be negative, adding them can only |
| 3578 | // overflow if the second is also negative, so we can assume that. |
| 3579 | // Two negative number will only overflow if there is no carry to the sign |
| 3580 | // bit, so we can check if even when the values are as small as possible |
| 3581 | // there is overflow to the sign bit. |
| 3582 | if (LHSKnown.isNegative() || RHSKnown.isNegative()) { |
| 3583 | APInt MinLHS = LHSKnown.One; |
| 3584 | MinLHS.clearSignBit(); |
| 3585 | APInt MinRHS = RHSKnown.One; |
| 3586 | MinRHS.clearSignBit(); |
| 3587 | APInt Result = std::move(MinLHS) + std::move(MinRHS); |
| 3588 | return Result.isSignBitSet(); |
| 3589 | } |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | // If we reached here it means that we know nothing about the sign bits. |
| 3592 | // In this case we can't know if there will be an overflow, since by |
| 3593 | // changing the sign bits any two values can be made to overflow. |
| 3594 | return false; |
| 3595 | } |
| 3596 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3597 | static OverflowResult computeOverflowForSignedAdd(const Value *LHS, |
| 3598 | const Value *RHS, |
| 3599 | const AddOperator *Add, |
| 3600 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3601 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3602 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3603 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3604 | if (Add && Add->hasNoSignedWrap()) { |
| 3605 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3606 | } |
| 3607 | |
Craig Topper | bb97372 | 2017-05-15 02:44:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3608 | // If LHS and RHS each have at least two sign bits, the addition will look |
| 3609 | // like |
| 3610 | // |
| 3611 | // XX..... + |
| 3612 | // YY..... |
| 3613 | // |
| 3614 | // If the carry into the most significant position is 0, X and Y can't both |
| 3615 | // be 1 and therefore the carry out of the addition is also 0. |
| 3616 | // |
| 3617 | // If the carry into the most significant position is 1, X and Y can't both |
| 3618 | // be 0 and therefore the carry out of the addition is also 1. |
| 3619 | // |
| 3620 | // Since the carry into the most significant position is always equal to |
| 3621 | // the carry out of the addition, there is no signed overflow. |
| 3622 | if (ComputeNumSignBits(LHS, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT) > 1 && |
| 3623 | ComputeNumSignBits(RHS, DL, 0, AC, CxtI, DT) > 1) |
| 3624 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3625 | |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 | KnownBits LHSKnown = computeKnownBits(LHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3627 | KnownBits RHSKnown = computeKnownBits(RHS, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3628 | |
Craig Topper | bb97372 | 2017-05-15 02:44:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3629 | if (checkRippleForSignedAdd(LHSKnown, RHSKnown)) |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3630 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 | |
| 3632 | // The remaining code needs Add to be available. Early returns if not so. |
| 3633 | if (!Add) |
| 3634 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | // If the sign of Add is the same as at least one of the operands, this add |
| 3637 | // CANNOT overflow. This is particularly useful when the sum is |
| 3638 | // @llvm.assume'ed non-negative rather than proved so from analyzing its |
| 3639 | // operands. |
| 3640 | bool LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative = |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3641 | (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() || RHSKnown.isNonNegative()); |
Craig Topper | bb97372 | 2017-05-15 02:44:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3642 | bool LHSOrRHSKnownNegative = |
| 3643 | (LHSKnown.isNegative() || RHSKnown.isNegative()); |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3644 | if (LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative || LHSOrRHSKnownNegative) { |
Craig Topper | 6e11a05 | 2017-05-08 16:22:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3645 | KnownBits AddKnown = computeKnownBits(Add, DL, /*Depth=*/0, AC, CxtI, DT); |
| 3646 | if ((AddKnown.isNonNegative() && LHSOrRHSKnownNonNegative) || |
| 3647 | (AddKnown.isNegative() && LHSOrRHSKnownNegative)) { |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3648 | return OverflowResult::NeverOverflows; |
| 3649 | } |
| 3650 | } |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | return OverflowResult::MayOverflow; |
| 3653 | } |
| 3654 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3655 | bool llvm::isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(const IntrinsicInst *II, |
| 3656 | const DominatorTree &DT) { |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3657 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 3658 | auto IID = II->getIntrinsicID(); |
| 3659 | assert((IID == Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow || |
| 3660 | IID == Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow || |
| 3661 | IID == Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow || |
| 3662 | IID == Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow || |
| 3663 | IID == Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow || |
| 3664 | IID == Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow) && |
| 3665 | "Not an overflow intrinsic!"); |
| 3666 | #endif |
| 3667 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3668 | SmallVector<const BranchInst *, 2> GuardingBranches; |
| 3669 | SmallVector<const ExtractValueInst *, 2> Results; |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3670 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3671 | for (const User *U : II->users()) { |
| 3672 | if (const auto *EVI = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(U)) { |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3673 | assert(EVI->getNumIndices() == 1 && "Obvious from CI's type"); |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | if (EVI->getIndices()[0] == 0) |
| 3676 | Results.push_back(EVI); |
| 3677 | else { |
| 3678 | assert(EVI->getIndices()[0] == 1 && "Obvious from CI's type"); |
| 3679 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3680 | for (const auto *U : EVI->users()) |
| 3681 | if (const auto *B = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(U)) { |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3682 | assert(B->isConditional() && "How else is it using an i1?"); |
| 3683 | GuardingBranches.push_back(B); |
| 3684 | } |
| 3685 | } |
| 3686 | } else { |
| 3687 | // We are using the aggregate directly in a way we don't want to analyze |
| 3688 | // here (storing it to a global, say). |
| 3689 | return false; |
| 3690 | } |
| 3691 | } |
| 3692 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3693 | auto AllUsesGuardedByBranch = [&](const BranchInst *BI) { |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3694 | BasicBlockEdge NoWrapEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(1)); |
| 3695 | if (!NoWrapEdge.isSingleEdge()) |
| 3696 | return false; |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | // Check if all users of the add are provably no-wrap. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3699 | for (const auto *Result : Results) { |
Sanjoy Das | f49ca52 | 2016-05-29 00:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3700 | // If the extractvalue itself is not executed on overflow, the we don't |
| 3701 | // need to check each use separately, since domination is transitive. |
| 3702 | if (DT.dominates(NoWrapEdge, Result->getParent())) |
| 3703 | continue; |
| 3704 | |
| 3705 | for (auto &RU : Result->uses()) |
| 3706 | if (!DT.dominates(NoWrapEdge, RU)) |
| 3707 | return false; |
| 3708 | } |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 | return true; |
| 3711 | }; |
| 3712 | |
| 3713 | return any_of(GuardingBranches, AllUsesGuardedByBranch); |
| 3714 | } |
| 3715 | |
| 3716 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3717 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(const AddOperator *Add, |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3718 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3719 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3720 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3721 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 3722 | return ::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(Add->getOperand(0), Add->getOperand(1), |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3723 | Add, DL, AC, CxtI, DT); |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3724 | } |
| 3725 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3726 | OverflowResult llvm::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(const Value *LHS, |
| 3727 | const Value *RHS, |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3728 | const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3729 | AssumptionCache *AC, |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3730 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 3731 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3732 | return ::computeOverflowForSignedAdd(LHS, RHS, nullptr, DL, AC, CxtI, DT); |
Jingyue Wu | 10fcea5 | 2015-08-20 18:27:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3733 | } |
| 3734 | |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3735 | bool llvm::isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(const Instruction *I) { |
Eli Friedman | f1da33e | 2016-06-11 21:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 | // A memory operation returns normally if it isn't volatile. A volatile |
| 3737 | // operation is allowed to trap. |
| 3738 | // |
| 3739 | // An atomic operation isn't guaranteed to return in a reasonable amount of |
| 3740 | // time because it's possible for another thread to interfere with it for an |
| 3741 | // arbitrary length of time, but programs aren't allowed to rely on that. |
| 3742 | if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) |
| 3743 | return !LI->isVolatile(); |
| 3744 | if (const StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) |
| 3745 | return !SI->isVolatile(); |
| 3746 | if (const AtomicCmpXchgInst *CXI = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) |
| 3747 | return !CXI->isVolatile(); |
| 3748 | if (const AtomicRMWInst *RMWI = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) |
| 3749 | return !RMWI->isVolatile(); |
| 3750 | if (const MemIntrinsic *MII = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(I)) |
| 3751 | return !MII->isVolatile(); |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3752 | |
Eli Friedman | f1da33e | 2016-06-11 21:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3753 | // If there is no successor, then execution can't transfer to it. |
| 3754 | if (const auto *CRI = dyn_cast<CleanupReturnInst>(I)) |
| 3755 | return !CRI->unwindsToCaller(); |
| 3756 | if (const auto *CatchSwitch = dyn_cast<CatchSwitchInst>(I)) |
| 3757 | return !CatchSwitch->unwindsToCaller(); |
| 3758 | if (isa<ResumeInst>(I)) |
| 3759 | return false; |
| 3760 | if (isa<ReturnInst>(I)) |
| 3761 | return false; |
Sebastian Pop | 4a4d245 | 2017-03-08 01:54:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3762 | if (isa<UnreachableInst>(I)) |
| 3763 | return false; |
Sanjoy Das | 9a65cd2 | 2016-06-08 17:48:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3764 | |
Eli Friedman | f1da33e | 2016-06-11 21:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3765 | // Calls can throw, or contain an infinite loop, or kill the process. |
Sanjoy Das | 0945530 | 2016-12-31 22:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3766 | if (auto CS = ImmutableCallSite(I)) { |
Sanjoy Das | 3bb2dbd | 2016-12-31 22:12:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3767 | // Call sites that throw have implicit non-local control flow. |
| 3768 | if (!CS.doesNotThrow()) |
| 3769 | return false; |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | // Non-throwing call sites can loop infinitely, call exit/pthread_exit |
| 3772 | // etc. and thus not return. However, LLVM already assumes that |
| 3773 | // |
| 3774 | // - Thread exiting actions are modeled as writes to memory invisible to |
| 3775 | // the program. |
| 3776 | // |
| 3777 | // - Loops that don't have side effects (side effects are volatile/atomic |
| 3778 | // stores and IO) always terminate (see http://llvm.org/PR965). |
| 3779 | // Furthermore IO itself is also modeled as writes to memory invisible to |
| 3780 | // the program. |
| 3781 | // |
| 3782 | // We rely on those assumptions here, and use the memory effects of the call |
| 3783 | // target as a proxy for checking that it always returns. |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 | // FIXME: This isn't aggressive enough; a call which only writes to a global |
| 3786 | // is guaranteed to return. |
Sanjoy Das | d7e8206 | 2016-06-14 20:23:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3787 | return CS.onlyReadsMemory() || CS.onlyAccessesArgMemory() || |
| 3788 | match(I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::assume>()); |
Eli Friedman | f1da33e | 2016-06-11 21:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3789 | } |
| 3790 | |
| 3791 | // Other instructions return normally. |
| 3792 | return true; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3793 | } |
| 3794 | |
| 3795 | bool llvm::isGuaranteedToExecuteForEveryIteration(const Instruction *I, |
| 3796 | const Loop *L) { |
| 3797 | // The loop header is guaranteed to be executed for every iteration. |
| 3798 | // |
| 3799 | // FIXME: Relax this constraint to cover all basic blocks that are |
| 3800 | // guaranteed to be executed at every iteration. |
| 3801 | if (I->getParent() != L->getHeader()) return false; |
| 3802 | |
| 3803 | for (const Instruction &LI : *L->getHeader()) { |
| 3804 | if (&LI == I) return true; |
| 3805 | if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&LI)) return false; |
| 3806 | } |
| 3807 | llvm_unreachable("Instruction not contained in its own parent basic block."); |
| 3808 | } |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | bool llvm::propagatesFullPoison(const Instruction *I) { |
| 3811 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
Sanjoy Das | 7b0b408 | 2017-02-21 02:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 | case Instruction::Add: |
| 3813 | case Instruction::Sub: |
| 3814 | case Instruction::Xor: |
| 3815 | case Instruction::Trunc: |
| 3816 | case Instruction::BitCast: |
| 3817 | case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: |
Sanjoy Das | 5cd6c5ca | 2017-02-22 06:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3818 | case Instruction::Mul: |
| 3819 | case Instruction::Shl: |
| 3820 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: |
Sanjoy Das | 7b0b408 | 2017-02-21 02:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3821 | // These operations all propagate poison unconditionally. Note that poison |
| 3822 | // is not any particular value, so xor or subtraction of poison with |
| 3823 | // itself still yields poison, not zero. |
| 3824 | return true; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3825 | |
Sanjoy Das | 7b0b408 | 2017-02-21 02:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3826 | case Instruction::AShr: |
| 3827 | case Instruction::SExt: |
| 3828 | // For these operations, one bit of the input is replicated across |
| 3829 | // multiple output bits. A replicated poison bit is still poison. |
| 3830 | return true; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3831 | |
Sanjoy Das | 7b0b408 | 2017-02-21 02:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3832 | case Instruction::ICmp: |
| 3833 | // Comparing poison with any value yields poison. This is why, for |
| 3834 | // instance, x s< (x +nsw 1) can be folded to true. |
| 3835 | return true; |
Sanjoy Das | 70c2bbd | 2016-05-29 00:31:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3836 | |
Sanjoy Das | 7b0b408 | 2017-02-21 02:42:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3837 | default: |
| 3838 | return false; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3839 | } |
| 3840 | } |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 | const Value *llvm::getGuaranteedNonFullPoisonOp(const Instruction *I) { |
| 3843 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
| 3844 | case Instruction::Store: |
| 3845 | return cast<StoreInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 | case Instruction::Load: |
| 3848 | return cast<LoadInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg: |
| 3851 | return cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 | case Instruction::AtomicRMW: |
| 3854 | return cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 | case Instruction::UDiv: |
| 3857 | case Instruction::SDiv: |
| 3858 | case Instruction::URem: |
| 3859 | case Instruction::SRem: |
| 3860 | return I->getOperand(1); |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | default: |
| 3863 | return nullptr; |
| 3864 | } |
| 3865 | } |
| 3866 | |
Sanjoy Das | 08989c7 | 2017-04-30 19:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3867 | bool llvm::programUndefinedIfFullPoison(const Instruction *PoisonI) { |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3868 | // We currently only look for uses of poison values within the same basic |
| 3869 | // block, as that makes it easier to guarantee that the uses will be |
| 3870 | // executed given that PoisonI is executed. |
| 3871 | // |
| 3872 | // FIXME: Expand this to consider uses beyond the same basic block. To do |
| 3873 | // this, look out for the distinction between post-dominance and strong |
| 3874 | // post-dominance. |
| 3875 | const BasicBlock *BB = PoisonI->getParent(); |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 | // Set of instructions that we have proved will yield poison if PoisonI |
| 3878 | // does. |
| 3879 | SmallSet<const Value *, 16> YieldsPoison; |
Sanjoy Das | a6155b6 | 2016-04-22 17:41:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3880 | SmallSet<const BasicBlock *, 4> Visited; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3881 | YieldsPoison.insert(PoisonI); |
Sanjoy Das | a6155b6 | 2016-04-22 17:41:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3882 | Visited.insert(PoisonI->getParent()); |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3883 | |
Sanjoy Das | a6155b6 | 2016-04-22 17:41:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3884 | BasicBlock::const_iterator Begin = PoisonI->getIterator(), End = BB->end(); |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3885 | |
Sanjoy Das | a6155b6 | 2016-04-22 17:41:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3886 | unsigned Iter = 0; |
| 3887 | while (Iter++ < MaxDepth) { |
| 3888 | for (auto &I : make_range(Begin, End)) { |
| 3889 | if (&I != PoisonI) { |
| 3890 | const Value *NotPoison = getGuaranteedNonFullPoisonOp(&I); |
| 3891 | if (NotPoison != nullptr && YieldsPoison.count(NotPoison)) |
| 3892 | return true; |
| 3893 | if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&I)) |
| 3894 | return false; |
| 3895 | } |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 | // Mark poison that propagates from I through uses of I. |
| 3898 | if (YieldsPoison.count(&I)) { |
| 3899 | for (const User *User : I.users()) { |
| 3900 | const Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(User); |
| 3901 | if (propagatesFullPoison(UserI)) |
| 3902 | YieldsPoison.insert(User); |
| 3903 | } |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3904 | } |
| 3905 | } |
Sanjoy Das | a6155b6 | 2016-04-22 17:41:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3906 | |
| 3907 | if (auto *NextBB = BB->getSingleSuccessor()) { |
| 3908 | if (Visited.insert(NextBB).second) { |
| 3909 | BB = NextBB; |
| 3910 | Begin = BB->getFirstNonPHI()->getIterator(); |
| 3911 | End = BB->end(); |
| 3912 | continue; |
| 3913 | } |
| 3914 | } |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | break; |
| 3917 | }; |
Jingyue Wu | 42f1d67 | 2015-07-28 18:22:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3918 | return false; |
| 3919 | } |
| 3920 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3921 | static bool isKnownNonNaN(const Value *V, FastMathFlags FMF) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3922 | if (FMF.noNaNs()) |
| 3923 | return true; |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
| 3926 | return !C->isNaN(); |
| 3927 | return false; |
| 3928 | } |
| 3929 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3930 | static bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3931 | if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
| 3932 | return !C->isZero(); |
| 3933 | return false; |
| 3934 | } |
| 3935 | |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3936 | /// Match non-obvious integer minimum and maximum sequences. |
| 3937 | static SelectPatternResult matchMinMax(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, |
| 3938 | Value *CmpLHS, Value *CmpRHS, |
| 3939 | Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, |
| 3940 | Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) { |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3941 | // Assume success. If there's no match, callers should not use these anyway. |
| 3942 | LHS = TrueVal; |
| 3943 | RHS = FalseVal; |
| 3944 | |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3945 | // Recognize variations of: |
| 3946 | // CLAMP(v,l,h) ==> ((v) < (l) ? (l) : ((v) > (h) ? (h) : (v))) |
| 3947 | const APInt *C1; |
| 3948 | if (CmpRHS == TrueVal && match(CmpRHS, m_APInt(C1))) { |
| 3949 | const APInt *C2; |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | // (X <s C1) ? C1 : SMIN(X, C2) ==> SMAX(SMIN(X, C2), C1) |
| 3952 | if (match(FalseVal, m_SMin(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3953 | C1->slt(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT) |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3954 | return {SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3955 | |
| 3956 | // (X >s C1) ? C1 : SMAX(X, C2) ==> SMIN(SMAX(X, C2), C1) |
| 3957 | if (match(FalseVal, m_SMax(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3958 | C1->sgt(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT) |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3959 | return {SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3960 | |
| 3961 | // (X <u C1) ? C1 : UMIN(X, C2) ==> UMAX(UMIN(X, C2), C1) |
| 3962 | if (match(FalseVal, m_UMin(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | C1->ult(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT) |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3964 | return {SPF_UMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3965 | |
| 3966 | // (X >u C1) ? C1 : UMAX(X, C2) ==> UMIN(UMAX(X, C2), C1) |
| 3967 | if (match(FalseVal, m_UMax(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_APInt(C2))) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3968 | C1->ugt(*C2) && Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_UGT) |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3969 | return {SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 0c1c70a | 2017-01-20 22:18:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3970 | } |
| 3971 | |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3972 | if (Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SGT && Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SLT) |
| 3973 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 3974 | |
Sanjay Patel | cfcc42b | 2016-11-13 20:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3975 | // Z = X -nsw Y |
| 3976 | // (X >s Y) ? 0 : Z ==> (Z >s 0) ? 0 : Z ==> SMIN(Z, 0) |
| 3977 | // (X <s Y) ? 0 : Z ==> (Z <s 0) ? 0 : Z ==> SMAX(Z, 0) |
| 3978 | if (match(TrueVal, m_Zero()) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3979 | match(FalseVal, m_NSWSub(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_Specific(CmpRHS)))) |
Sanjay Patel | cfcc42b | 2016-11-13 20:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3980 | return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMIN : SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | cfcc42b | 2016-11-13 20:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3981 | |
| 3982 | // Z = X -nsw Y |
| 3983 | // (X >s Y) ? Z : 0 ==> (Z >s 0) ? Z : 0 ==> SMAX(Z, 0) |
| 3984 | // (X <s Y) ? Z : 0 ==> (Z <s 0) ? Z : 0 ==> SMIN(Z, 0) |
| 3985 | if (match(FalseVal, m_Zero()) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3986 | match(TrueVal, m_NSWSub(m_Specific(CmpLHS), m_Specific(CmpRHS)))) |
Sanjay Patel | cfcc42b | 2016-11-13 20:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3987 | return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMAX : SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | cfcc42b | 2016-11-13 20:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3988 | |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3989 | if (!match(CmpRHS, m_APInt(C1))) |
| 3990 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | // An unsigned min/max can be written with a signed compare. |
| 3993 | const APInt *C2; |
| 3994 | if ((CmpLHS == TrueVal && match(FalseVal, m_APInt(C2))) || |
| 3995 | (CmpLHS == FalseVal && match(TrueVal, m_APInt(C2)))) { |
| 3996 | // Is the sign bit set? |
| 3997 | // (X <s 0) ? X : MAXVAL ==> (X >u MAXVAL) ? X : MAXVAL ==> UMAX |
| 3998 | // (X <s 0) ? MAXVAL : X ==> (X >u MAXVAL) ? MAXVAL : X ==> UMIN |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3999 | if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && *C1 == 0 && C2->isMaxSignedValue()) |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4000 | return {CmpLHS == TrueVal ? SPF_UMAX : SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4001 | |
| 4002 | // Is the sign bit clear? |
| 4003 | // (X >s -1) ? MINVAL : X ==> (X <u MINVAL) ? MINVAL : X ==> UMAX |
| 4004 | // (X >s -1) ? X : MINVAL ==> (X <u MINVAL) ? X : MINVAL ==> UMIN |
| 4005 | if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT && C1->isAllOnesValue() && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4006 | C2->isMinSignedValue()) |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4007 | return {CmpLHS == FalseVal ? SPF_UMAX : SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4008 | } |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | // Look through 'not' ops to find disguised signed min/max. |
| 4011 | // (X >s C) ? ~X : ~C ==> (~X <s ~C) ? ~X : ~C ==> SMIN(~X, ~C) |
| 4012 | // (X <s C) ? ~X : ~C ==> (~X >s ~C) ? ~X : ~C ==> SMAX(~X, ~C) |
| 4013 | if (match(TrueVal, m_Not(m_Specific(CmpLHS))) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4014 | match(FalseVal, m_APInt(C2)) && ~(*C1) == *C2) |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4015 | return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMIN : SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4016 | |
| 4017 | // (X >s C) ? ~C : ~X ==> (~X <s ~C) ? ~C : ~X ==> SMAX(~C, ~X) |
| 4018 | // (X <s C) ? ~C : ~X ==> (~X >s ~C) ? ~C : ~X ==> SMIN(~C, ~X) |
| 4019 | if (match(FalseVal, m_Not(m_Specific(CmpLHS))) && |
Sanjay Patel | 24c6f88 | 2017-01-21 17:51:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4020 | match(TrueVal, m_APInt(C2)) && ~(*C1) == *C2) |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4021 | return {Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT ? SPF_SMAX : SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4022 | |
| 4023 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4024 | } |
| 4025 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4026 | static SelectPatternResult matchSelectPattern(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, |
| 4027 | FastMathFlags FMF, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4028 | Value *CmpLHS, Value *CmpRHS, |
| 4029 | Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, |
| 4030 | Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) { |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4031 | LHS = CmpLHS; |
| 4032 | RHS = CmpRHS; |
| 4033 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4034 | // If the predicate is an "or-equal" (FP) predicate, then signed zeroes may |
| 4035 | // return inconsistent results between implementations. |
| 4036 | // (0.0 <= -0.0) ? 0.0 : -0.0 // Returns 0.0 |
| 4037 | // minNum(0.0, -0.0) // May return -0.0 or 0.0 (IEEE 754-2008 5.3.1) |
| 4038 | // Therefore we behave conservatively and only proceed if at least one of the |
| 4039 | // operands is known to not be zero, or if we don't care about signed zeroes. |
| 4040 | switch (Pred) { |
| 4041 | default: break; |
| 4042 | case CmpInst::FCMP_OGE: case CmpInst::FCMP_OLE: |
| 4043 | case CmpInst::FCMP_UGE: case CmpInst::FCMP_ULE: |
| 4044 | if (!FMF.noSignedZeros() && !isKnownNonZero(CmpLHS) && |
| 4045 | !isKnownNonZero(CmpRHS)) |
| 4046 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4047 | } |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 | SelectPatternNaNBehavior NaNBehavior = SPNB_NA; |
| 4050 | bool Ordered = false; |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 | // When given one NaN and one non-NaN input: |
| 4053 | // - maxnum/minnum (C99 fmaxf()/fminf()) return the non-NaN input. |
| 4054 | // - A simple C99 (a < b ? a : b) construction will return 'b' (as the |
| 4055 | // ordered comparison fails), which could be NaN or non-NaN. |
| 4056 | // so here we discover exactly what NaN behavior is required/accepted. |
| 4057 | if (CmpInst::isFPPredicate(Pred)) { |
| 4058 | bool LHSSafe = isKnownNonNaN(CmpLHS, FMF); |
| 4059 | bool RHSSafe = isKnownNonNaN(CmpRHS, FMF); |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 | if (LHSSafe && RHSSafe) { |
| 4062 | // Both operands are known non-NaN. |
| 4063 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_ANY; |
| 4064 | } else if (CmpInst::isOrdered(Pred)) { |
| 4065 | // An ordered comparison will return false when given a NaN, so it |
| 4066 | // returns the RHS. |
| 4067 | Ordered = true; |
| 4068 | if (LHSSafe) |
James Molloy | 8990b06 | 2015-08-12 15:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4069 | // LHS is non-NaN, so if RHS is NaN then NaN will be returned. |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4070 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN; |
| 4071 | else if (RHSSafe) |
| 4072 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER; |
| 4073 | else |
| 4074 | // Completely unsafe. |
| 4075 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4076 | } else { |
| 4077 | Ordered = false; |
| 4078 | // An unordered comparison will return true when given a NaN, so it |
| 4079 | // returns the LHS. |
| 4080 | if (LHSSafe) |
James Molloy | 8990b06 | 2015-08-12 15:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4081 | // LHS is non-NaN, so if RHS is NaN then non-NaN will be returned. |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4082 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER; |
| 4083 | else if (RHSSafe) |
| 4084 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN; |
| 4085 | else |
| 4086 | // Completely unsafe. |
| 4087 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4088 | } |
| 4089 | } |
| 4090 | |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4091 | if (TrueVal == CmpRHS && FalseVal == CmpLHS) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4092 | std::swap(CmpLHS, CmpRHS); |
| 4093 | Pred = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); |
| 4094 | if (NaNBehavior == SPNB_RETURNS_NAN) |
| 4095 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER; |
| 4096 | else if (NaNBehavior == SPNB_RETURNS_OTHER) |
| 4097 | NaNBehavior = SPNB_RETURNS_NAN; |
| 4098 | Ordered = !Ordered; |
| 4099 | } |
| 4100 | |
| 4101 | // ([if]cmp X, Y) ? X : Y |
| 4102 | if (TrueVal == CmpLHS && FalseVal == CmpRHS) { |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4103 | switch (Pred) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4104 | default: return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; // Equality. |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4105 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4106 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return {SPF_UMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4107 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4108 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return {SPF_SMAX, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4109 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4110 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return {SPF_UMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4111 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4112 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return {SPF_SMIN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
| 4113 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: |
| 4114 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: |
| 4115 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: |
| 4116 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: return {SPF_FMAXNUM, NaNBehavior, Ordered}; |
| 4117 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: |
| 4118 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: |
| 4119 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: |
| 4120 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: return {SPF_FMINNUM, NaNBehavior, Ordered}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4121 | } |
| 4122 | } |
| 4123 | |
Sanjay Patel | e372aec | 2016-10-27 15:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4124 | const APInt *C1; |
| 4125 | if (match(CmpRHS, m_APInt(C1))) { |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4126 | if ((CmpLHS == TrueVal && match(FalseVal, m_Neg(m_Specific(CmpLHS)))) || |
| 4127 | (CmpLHS == FalseVal && match(TrueVal, m_Neg(m_Specific(CmpLHS))))) { |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 | // ABS(X) ==> (X >s 0) ? X : -X and (X >s -1) ? X : -X |
| 4130 | // NABS(X) ==> (X >s 0) ? -X : X and (X >s -1) ? -X : X |
Sanjay Patel | e372aec | 2016-10-27 15:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4131 | if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && (*C1 == 0 || C1->isAllOnesValue())) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4132 | return {(CmpLHS == TrueVal) ? SPF_ABS : SPF_NABS, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4133 | } |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 | // ABS(X) ==> (X <s 0) ? -X : X and (X <s 1) ? -X : X |
| 4136 | // NABS(X) ==> (X <s 0) ? X : -X and (X <s 1) ? X : -X |
Sanjay Patel | e372aec | 2016-10-27 15:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4137 | if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && (*C1 == 0 || *C1 == 1)) { |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4138 | return {(CmpLHS == FalseVal) ? SPF_ABS : SPF_NABS, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4139 | } |
| 4140 | } |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4141 | } |
| 4142 | |
Sanjay Patel | 819f096 | 2016-11-13 19:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4143 | return matchMinMax(Pred, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, TrueVal, FalseVal, LHS, RHS); |
James Molloy | 71b91c2 | 2015-05-11 14:42:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4144 | } |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4145 | |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4146 | static Value *lookThroughCast(CmpInst *CmpI, Value *V1, Value *V2, |
| 4147 | Instruction::CastOps *CastOp) { |
Sanjay Patel | 14a4b81 | 2017-01-29 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4148 | auto *Cast1 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V1); |
| 4149 | if (!Cast1) |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4150 | return nullptr; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4151 | |
Sanjay Patel | 14a4b81 | 2017-01-29 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4152 | *CastOp = Cast1->getOpcode(); |
| 4153 | Type *SrcTy = Cast1->getSrcTy(); |
| 4154 | if (auto *Cast2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V2)) { |
| 4155 | // If V1 and V2 are both the same cast from the same type, look through V1. |
| 4156 | if (*CastOp == Cast2->getOpcode() && SrcTy == Cast2->getSrcTy()) |
| 4157 | return Cast2->getOperand(0); |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4158 | return nullptr; |
| 4159 | } |
| 4160 | |
Sanjay Patel | 14a4b81 | 2017-01-29 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4161 | auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V2); |
| 4162 | if (!C) |
| 4163 | return nullptr; |
| 4164 | |
David Majnemer | d2a074b | 2016-04-29 18:40:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 | Constant *CastedTo = nullptr; |
Sanjay Patel | 14a4b81 | 2017-01-29 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4166 | switch (*CastOp) { |
| 4167 | case Instruction::ZExt: |
| 4168 | if (CmpI->isUnsigned()) |
| 4169 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, SrcTy); |
| 4170 | break; |
| 4171 | case Instruction::SExt: |
| 4172 | if (CmpI->isSigned()) |
| 4173 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4174 | break; |
| 4175 | case Instruction::Trunc: |
| 4176 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, SrcTy, CmpI->isSigned()); |
| 4177 | break; |
| 4178 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: |
| 4179 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPExtend(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4180 | break; |
| 4181 | case Instruction::FPExt: |
| 4182 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPTrunc(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4183 | break; |
| 4184 | case Instruction::FPToUI: |
| 4185 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getUIToFP(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4186 | break; |
| 4187 | case Instruction::FPToSI: |
| 4188 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getSIToFP(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4189 | break; |
| 4190 | case Instruction::UIToFP: |
| 4191 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPToUI(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4192 | break; |
| 4193 | case Instruction::SIToFP: |
| 4194 | CastedTo = ConstantExpr::getFPToSI(C, SrcTy, true); |
| 4195 | break; |
| 4196 | default: |
| 4197 | break; |
| 4198 | } |
David Majnemer | d2a074b | 2016-04-29 18:40:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4199 | |
| 4200 | if (!CastedTo) |
| 4201 | return nullptr; |
| 4202 | |
David Majnemer | d2a074b | 2016-04-29 18:40:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4203 | // Make sure the cast doesn't lose any information. |
Sanjay Patel | 14a4b81 | 2017-01-29 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4204 | Constant *CastedBack = |
| 4205 | ConstantExpr::getCast(*CastOp, CastedTo, C->getType(), true); |
David Majnemer | d2a074b | 2016-04-29 18:40:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4206 | if (CastedBack != C) |
| 4207 | return nullptr; |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | return CastedTo; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4210 | } |
| 4211 | |
Sanjay Patel | e8dc090 | 2016-05-23 17:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4212 | SelectPatternResult llvm::matchSelectPattern(Value *V, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4213 | Instruction::CastOps *CastOp) { |
| 4214 | SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V); |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4215 | if (!SI) return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4216 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4217 | CmpInst *CmpI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(SI->getCondition()); |
| 4218 | if (!CmpI) return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4219 | |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4220 | CmpInst::Predicate Pred = CmpI->getPredicate(); |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4221 | Value *CmpLHS = CmpI->getOperand(0); |
| 4222 | Value *CmpRHS = CmpI->getOperand(1); |
| 4223 | Value *TrueVal = SI->getTrueValue(); |
| 4224 | Value *FalseVal = SI->getFalseValue(); |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4225 | FastMathFlags FMF; |
| 4226 | if (isa<FPMathOperator>(CmpI)) |
| 4227 | FMF = CmpI->getFastMathFlags(); |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4228 | |
| 4229 | // Bail out early. |
| 4230 | if (CmpI->isEquality()) |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4231 | return {SPF_UNKNOWN, SPNB_NA, false}; |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4232 | |
| 4233 | // Deal with type mismatches. |
| 4234 | if (CastOp && CmpLHS->getType() != TrueVal->getType()) { |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4235 | if (Value *C = lookThroughCast(CmpI, TrueVal, FalseVal, CastOp)) |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4236 | return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4237 | cast<CastInst>(TrueVal)->getOperand(0), C, |
| 4238 | LHS, RHS); |
James Molloy | 569cea6 | 2015-09-02 17:25:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4239 | if (Value *C = lookThroughCast(CmpI, FalseVal, TrueVal, CastOp)) |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4240 | return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4241 | C, cast<CastInst>(FalseVal)->getOperand(0), |
| 4242 | LHS, RHS); |
| 4243 | } |
James Molloy | 134bec2 | 2015-08-11 09:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4244 | return ::matchSelectPattern(Pred, FMF, CmpLHS, CmpRHS, TrueVal, FalseVal, |
James Molloy | 270ef8c | 2015-05-15 16:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4245 | LHS, RHS); |
| 4246 | } |
Sanjoy Das | a7e1378 | 2015-10-24 05:37:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4247 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4248 | /// Return true if "icmp Pred LHS RHS" is always true. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4249 | static bool isTruePredicate(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, |
| 4250 | const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS, |
Sanjoy Das | 55ea67c | 2015-11-06 19:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4251 | const DataLayout &DL, unsigned Depth, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4252 | AssumptionCache *AC, const Instruction *CxtI, |
| 4253 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4254 | assert(!LHS->getType()->isVectorTy() && "TODO: extend to handle vectors!"); |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4255 | if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred) && LHS == RHS) |
| 4256 | return true; |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 | switch (Pred) { |
| 4259 | default: |
| 4260 | return false; |
| 4261 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4262 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE: { |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4263 | const APInt *C; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4264 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4265 | // LHS s<= LHS +_{nsw} C if C >= 0 |
Sanjoy Das | dc26df4 | 2015-11-11 00:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4266 | if (match(RHS, m_NSWAdd(m_Specific(LHS), m_APInt(C)))) |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4267 | return !C->isNegative(); |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4268 | return false; |
| 4269 | } |
| 4270 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4271 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE: { |
Sanjoy Das | af1400f | 2015-11-10 23:56:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4272 | const APInt *C; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4273 | |
Sanjoy Das | dc26df4 | 2015-11-11 00:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4274 | // LHS u<= LHS +_{nuw} C for any C |
| 4275 | if (match(RHS, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(LHS), m_APInt(C)))) |
Sanjoy Das | c01b4d2 | 2015-11-06 19:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4276 | return true; |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4277 | |
| 4278 | // Match A to (X +_{nuw} CA) and B to (X +_{nuw} CB) |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4279 | auto MatchNUWAddsToSameValue = [&](const Value *A, const Value *B, |
| 4280 | const Value *&X, |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4281 | const APInt *&CA, const APInt *&CB) { |
| 4282 | if (match(A, m_NUWAdd(m_Value(X), m_APInt(CA))) && |
| 4283 | match(B, m_NUWAdd(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(CB)))) |
| 4284 | return true; |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | // If X & C == 0 then (X | C) == X +_{nuw} C |
| 4287 | if (match(A, m_Or(m_Value(X), m_APInt(CA))) && |
| 4288 | match(B, m_Or(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(CB)))) { |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4289 | KnownBits Known(CA->getBitWidth()); |
| 4290 | computeKnownBits(X, Known, DL, Depth + 1, AC, CxtI, DT); |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4291 | |
Craig Topper | b45eabc | 2017-04-26 16:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4292 | if (CA->isSubsetOf(Known.Zero) && CB->isSubsetOf(Known.Zero)) |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4293 | return true; |
| 4294 | } |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 | return false; |
| 4297 | }; |
| 4298 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4299 | const Value *X; |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4300 | const APInt *CLHS, *CRHS; |
Sanjoy Das | dc26df4 | 2015-11-11 00:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4301 | if (MatchNUWAddsToSameValue(LHS, RHS, X, CLHS, CRHS)) |
| 4302 | return CLHS->ule(*CRHS); |
Sanjoy Das | 9256810 | 2015-11-10 23:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4303 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4304 | return false; |
| 4305 | } |
| 4306 | } |
| 4307 | } |
| 4308 | |
| 4309 | /// Return true if "icmp Pred BLHS BRHS" is true whenever "icmp Pred |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4310 | /// ALHS ARHS" is true. Otherwise, return None. |
| 4311 | static Optional<bool> |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4312 | isImpliedCondOperands(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, const Value *ALHS, |
| 4313 | const Value *ARHS, const Value *BLHS, |
| 4314 | const Value *BRHS, const DataLayout &DL, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4315 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 4316 | const Instruction *CxtI, const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4317 | switch (Pred) { |
| 4318 | default: |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4319 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4320 | |
| 4321 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT: |
| 4322 | case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE: |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4323 | if (isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLE, BLHS, ALHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4324 | DT) && |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4325 | isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLE, ARHS, BRHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT)) |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4326 | return true; |
| 4327 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4328 | |
| 4329 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT: |
| 4330 | case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE: |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4331 | if (isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_ULE, BLHS, ALHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, |
| 4332 | DT) && |
| 4333 | isTruePredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_ULE, ARHS, BRHS, DL, Depth, AC, CxtI, DT)) |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4334 | return true; |
| 4335 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4336 | } |
| 4337 | } |
| 4338 | |
Chad Rosier | 226a734 | 2016-05-05 17:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4339 | /// Return true if the operands of the two compares match. IsSwappedOps is true |
| 4340 | /// when the operands match, but are swapped. |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4341 | static bool isMatchingOps(const Value *ALHS, const Value *ARHS, |
| 4342 | const Value *BLHS, const Value *BRHS, |
Chad Rosier | 226a734 | 2016-05-05 17:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4343 | bool &IsSwappedOps) { |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 | bool IsMatchingOps = (ALHS == BLHS && ARHS == BRHS); |
| 4346 | IsSwappedOps = (ALHS == BRHS && ARHS == BLHS); |
| 4347 | return IsMatchingOps || IsSwappedOps; |
| 4348 | } |
| 4349 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4350 | /// Return true if "icmp1 APred ALHS ARHS" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS BRHS" is |
| 4351 | /// true. Return false if "icmp1 APred ALHS ARHS" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS |
| 4352 | /// BRHS" is false. Otherwise, return None if we can't infer anything. |
| 4353 | static Optional<bool> isImpliedCondMatchingOperands(CmpInst::Predicate APred, |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4354 | const Value *ALHS, |
| 4355 | const Value *ARHS, |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4356 | CmpInst::Predicate BPred, |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4357 | const Value *BLHS, |
| 4358 | const Value *BRHS, |
Chad Rosier | 226a734 | 2016-05-05 17:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4359 | bool IsSwappedOps) { |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4360 | // Canonicalize the operands so they're matching. |
| 4361 | if (IsSwappedOps) { |
| 4362 | std::swap(BLHS, BRHS); |
| 4363 | BPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(BPred); |
| 4364 | } |
Chad Rosier | 99bc480 | 2016-04-21 16:18:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4365 | if (CmpInst::isImpliedTrueByMatchingCmp(APred, BPred)) |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4366 | return true; |
Chad Rosier | 99bc480 | 2016-04-21 16:18:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4367 | if (CmpInst::isImpliedFalseByMatchingCmp(APred, BPred)) |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4368 | return false; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4369 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4370 | return None; |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4371 | } |
| 4372 | |
Chad Rosier | 25cfb7d | 2016-05-05 15:39:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4373 | /// Return true if "icmp1 APred ALHS C1" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS C2" is |
| 4374 | /// true. Return false if "icmp1 APred ALHS C1" implies "icmp2 BPred BLHS |
| 4375 | /// C2" is false. Otherwise, return None if we can't infer anything. |
| 4376 | static Optional<bool> |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4377 | isImpliedCondMatchingImmOperands(CmpInst::Predicate APred, const Value *ALHS, |
| 4378 | const ConstantInt *C1, |
| 4379 | CmpInst::Predicate BPred, |
| 4380 | const Value *BLHS, const ConstantInt *C2) { |
Chad Rosier | 25cfb7d | 2016-05-05 15:39:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4381 | assert(ALHS == BLHS && "LHS operands must match."); |
| 4382 | ConstantRange DomCR = |
| 4383 | ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(APred, C1->getValue()); |
| 4384 | ConstantRange CR = |
| 4385 | ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(BPred, C2->getValue()); |
| 4386 | ConstantRange Intersection = DomCR.intersectWith(CR); |
| 4387 | ConstantRange Difference = DomCR.difference(CR); |
| 4388 | if (Intersection.isEmptySet()) |
| 4389 | return false; |
| 4390 | if (Difference.isEmptySet()) |
| 4391 | return true; |
| 4392 | return None; |
| 4393 | } |
| 4394 | |
Pete Cooper | 35b00d5 | 2016-08-13 01:05:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4395 | Optional<bool> llvm::isImpliedCondition(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS, |
Chad Rosier | e2cbd13 | 2016-04-25 17:23:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4396 | const DataLayout &DL, bool InvertAPred, |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4397 | unsigned Depth, AssumptionCache *AC, |
| 4398 | const Instruction *CxtI, |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4399 | const DominatorTree *DT) { |
Chad Rosier | cd62bf5 | 2016-04-29 21:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4400 | // A mismatch occurs when we compare a scalar cmp to a vector cmp, for example. |
| 4401 | if (LHS->getType() != RHS->getType()) |
| 4402 | return None; |
| 4403 | |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4404 | Type *OpTy = LHS->getType(); |
| 4405 | assert(OpTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy(1)); |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | // LHS ==> RHS by definition |
Chad Rosier | e2cbd13 | 2016-04-25 17:23:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4408 | if (!InvertAPred && LHS == RHS) |
Chad Rosier | b7dfbb4 | 2016-04-19 17:19:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4409 | return true; |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4410 | |
| 4411 | if (OpTy->isVectorTy()) |
| 4412 | // TODO: extending the code below to handle vectors |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4413 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4414 | assert(OpTy->isIntegerTy(1) && "implied by above"); |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 | ICmpInst::Predicate APred, BPred; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4417 | Value *ALHS, *ARHS; |
| 4418 | Value *BLHS, *BRHS; |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4419 | |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4420 | if (!match(LHS, m_ICmp(APred, m_Value(ALHS), m_Value(ARHS))) || |
| 4421 | !match(RHS, m_ICmp(BPred, m_Value(BLHS), m_Value(BRHS)))) |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4422 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 9349dcc | 2015-11-06 19:00:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4423 | |
Chad Rosier | e2cbd13 | 2016-04-25 17:23:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4424 | if (InvertAPred) |
| 4425 | APred = CmpInst::getInversePredicate(APred); |
| 4426 | |
Chad Rosier | 226a734 | 2016-05-05 17:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4427 | // Can we infer anything when the two compares have matching operands? |
| 4428 | bool IsSwappedOps; |
| 4429 | if (isMatchingOps(ALHS, ARHS, BLHS, BRHS, IsSwappedOps)) { |
| 4430 | if (Optional<bool> Implication = isImpliedCondMatchingOperands( |
| 4431 | APred, ALHS, ARHS, BPred, BLHS, BRHS, IsSwappedOps)) |
Chad Rosier | 25cfb7d | 2016-05-05 15:39:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4432 | return Implication; |
Chad Rosier | 226a734 | 2016-05-05 17:41:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4433 | // No amount of additional analysis will infer the second condition, so |
| 4434 | // early exit. |
| 4435 | return None; |
| 4436 | } |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | // Can we infer anything when the LHS operands match and the RHS operands are |
| 4439 | // constants (not necessarily matching)? |
| 4440 | if (ALHS == BLHS && isa<ConstantInt>(ARHS) && isa<ConstantInt>(BRHS)) { |
| 4441 | if (Optional<bool> Implication = isImpliedCondMatchingImmOperands( |
| 4442 | APred, ALHS, cast<ConstantInt>(ARHS), BPred, BLHS, |
| 4443 | cast<ConstantInt>(BRHS))) |
| 4444 | return Implication; |
| 4445 | // No amount of additional analysis will infer the second condition, so |
| 4446 | // early exit. |
| 4447 | return None; |
Chad Rosier | 25cfb7d | 2016-05-05 15:39:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4448 | } |
| 4449 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4450 | if (APred == BPred) |
Daniel Jasper | aec2fa3 | 2016-12-19 08:22:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4451 | return isImpliedCondOperands(APred, ALHS, ARHS, BLHS, BRHS, DL, Depth, AC, |
| 4452 | CxtI, DT); |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4453 | |
Chad Rosier | 41dd31f | 2016-04-20 19:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4454 | return None; |
Sanjoy Das | 3ef1e68 | 2015-10-28 03:20:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4455 | } |